Issuu on Google+

Postgraduate Prospectus

2013

University of Bedfordshire

Together...


great

YOUR

F

US

GIN URE WITH

2

UT

R

ONS TO EAS

BE

FIVE

...we achieve

www.beds.ac.uk

1. Great location

2. High-quality teaching

 We’re right next to national

 We have been awarded top marks –

and international transport links, including London Luton Airport, and central London can be reached in only 30 minutes by train from our Luton campus, and 40 minutes from Bedford. Find out more on page 13.

a “confidence” rating – in the recent UK Government’s Quality Assurance Agency audit, which checks how UK universities maintain their own academic standards and quality. And, many of our academics are still actively involved in industry, providing you with up-to-the-minute knowledge and experience. Find out more on page 8.


Come along to one of our Postgraduate Open Events and discover for yourself why Bedfordshire is best for you.

University of Bedfordshire

We understand how important it is that we work together with you to ensure that you get the best possible return, both personally and professionally, on the huge investment in your future that you make by opting to study a postgraduate qualification. More importantly, we’ll help you get the job you really want!

Scan this code for Postgraduate Open Day information, or visit: http://uob.cc/pg-openevent

facebook.com/bedsuni @uniofbeds @uobelife www.youtube.com/uobvideos

things. 3. World-leading research

4. Fantastic financial support

5. Outstanding student support

 In the Government’s Research

 Continuing your studies is indeed an

 From the moment you apply

Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 we were commended for our “world-leading” and “internationally excellent” research in several areas. Our research activity is shared with our students to create a cuttingedge educational environment. Find out more on page 9.

investment, but not one that has to hit you hard financially. Here at the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a variety of scholarships and tuition fee discounts. Find out more on page 15.

to study with us right up until when you graduate, and beyond, we offer a whole host of practical support services at each of our campus locations to ensure you have help every step of the way. Find out more on page 14.

3


“Our vision is of a world where all are able to benefit from transformational educational experiences.”

Message from our Vice and Deputy Vice Chancellor

The best career move you’ll ever make The University of Bedfordshire has an excellent reputation for postgraduate study so, whatever your ambitions, choosing to study here will enhance your future opportunities. Students who come to Bedfordshire can benefit from enhanced job prospects, outstanding support, recognised strength in applicable research, access to worldclass facilities and dedicated teaching staff, many of whom are still practising in industry. You may think “he would say that” but I make the point simply because students past and present genuinely believe it to be the case. This prospectus covers the benefits and scope of study at Bedfordshire in depth, so I shall limit my welcome to a few key points: Firstly, the decision you are about to make is a life-changing one. We know that many of you will already have professional positions and personal commitments that have to be factored in to your day-today life. But from the day you arrive on campus we will help support you through your studies and build on your confidence,

4

www.beds.ac.uk

independence and experience to develop your prospects. Secondly, you will have all the resources you need to make your further study a success. When it opens in early 2013, our purpose-built Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre will be the culmination of £180m worth of investment since 2006, all designed with our student community in mind. Thirdly, and most importantly, it’s important to know that 90% of our graduates from postgraduate courses entered work or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010). This is testament to the quality of our courses and teaching team as they fully prepare you to progress your career. We all look forward to welcoming you and seeing first-hand how Bedfordshire will help you to get the job you have always wanted.

Professor Les Ebdon CBE DL Vice Chancellor and Chief Executive

We are very proud that more than 4,000 international students choose to join us each year and believe that this is because we can offer you more than a degree. We want you to complement your academic achievements with the skills employers really want, and develop a genuine appreciation of international cultures, to ensure you become a lifelong learner, ready for the competition of today’s dynamic global marketplace. That’s why we are committed to maintaining our strong links with industry, collaborating with institutions all over the world, and are ensuring you have an experience that will enrich both your personal and professional lives, long after your graduate. I look forward to meeting you when you arrive here.

Professor Ashraf Jawaid OBE Deputy Vice Chancellor


Inside... Why we believe it is all about you starts on page:

06

Why choose the University of Bedfordshire? It’s all about you and your career

6

High-quality teaching

8

World-leading research

9

The international experience

10-12

Where we are: location

13

Outstanding student support

14

Financing your studies

15

First-class facilities for you

16-17

What our students say...

18-21

What courses are on offer?

Course entries by subject area start with Business on page:

24

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

22

Computer Science & Technology

62

Education & Teaching

76

Health & Biological Sciences

98

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

122

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

134

Media, Arts & Performance

144

Psychology & Social Studies

164

What else do you need to know before you join us?

All you need to get started begins on page:

180

Getting started

180

Your postgraduate qualification

182

Short professional courses Taught courses

183 184

Research degrees

185

Part-time study

186

Return to learning

187

Fees and funding

188-189

How to apply

190

Accommodation

191

Learning resources

192

Student support

193

Town life

From August 2012, the Postgraduate Prospectus 2013 will be available online. Go to: www.beds.ac.uk/prospectus

194-195

Get involved in culture and the arts

196

Get involved in the University

197

Get involved in the Students’ Union

198

Get involved in Sport

199

Investing in your career

200

Take me to Beds: Directions

201

A-Z course index

202

5


90

%

Our graduates enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90 per cent either in work and/or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010).

It’s all about you and your career A postgraduate degree shows current and future employers that you hold the discipline-specific and transferable skills which they so highly value, and that you are committed to your continuous personal and professional development – thus differentiating yourself in an increasingly competitive employment market. At Bedfordshire we aim to ensure that you make the best career move by choosing to study with us. The careers and employability theme is an integrated key feature of all our postgraduate courses. From the day you arrive at the University to the time after you graduate and beyond, we provide a range of employability services to help you develop as a professional. Plus we have an active alumni association which offers networking opportunities for life.

“We believe in empowering our students and instilling in each and every one of them the confidence to succeed in the world of work and to progress further in their chosen career. The work we do pays off even in economically challenging times – our postgraduates enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90 per cent either in work and/or further study within six months of graduating.” Mark Diggle Head of Careers and Employment Services

6

www.beds.ac.uk

Employability services We offer an extensive range of services to help you enter and progress further in the workplace including:

n  Chamber

Futures – a new membership scheme giving students and graduates access to training and networking opportunities

n  Postgraduate

Your personal development

n  Dedicated

We make it our mission to ensure that you succeed in a complex, competitive and rapidly changing environment – not only when you leave the University, but for the rest of your life.

induction fairs, competitions and careers fairs to quickly orientate you with academic and support services employability advisers for each academic department

n  Employability

Fellows who ensure that career-focused activities and study units are integrated into your teaching and learning in each subject area

n  Access

to a wealth of careers information and resources online

n  ‘JobSavviGrad’

– our online opportunity search engine and application management system – which you can use throughout your time at the University, and after you graduate

n  Help

with securing graduate internships, part-time jobs and volunteering opportunities

n  Different

awards which show off your skills and ‘stand-out values’ when competing for jobs – the ‘Bedfordshire Edge’ is our new Employability Award, launched in 2011

Academic performance is one measure employers will use to weigh up your suitability for employment. But it is the interpersonal and practical problem-solving skills you will gain at Bedfordshire which will make you stand out from the crowd. Our skills-rich curriculum, strong career focus and specialist learning environments will help you develop confidence, ambition and the skills to succeed.

Great partnerships make for great career success…


Fourth Monkey Ltd

“The MBA taught me how to play a part in a growing organisation. The units I studied helped me understand accounting concepts and prepare business plans, which I was later able to apply in the workplace. At the end of my course the University helped me secure an internship – which was crucial in securing a job, and the perfect chance for me to acquire practical experience and relate real-world situations to coursework.”

It’s all about you and your career

We work closely with more than 4,000 UK organisations to prepare you for employment

“We were looking for a graduate from the University of Bedfordshire to add value to the service we provide. The role involved managing client projects and exploring new techniques to provide functionality to the business systems. The outcomes were definitely achieved, highly recommended!”

Rohit Ransaria Master of Business Administration graduate and Finance Manager, Vedhas Limited

“We are lucky to have found people who we can work with and rely on. If the University can keep providing people like Rohit, we would not think twice but to employ them full-time.” Sunny Sahdev Vedhas Limited

Accreditation from professional bodies – which is the main route of entry into some professions – including:

“As an International Business and Management graduate I found that my position as a Business/Marketing Intern perfectly relates to my degree. All the knowledge and skills that I learnt during my Master’s Degree greatly helped me to manage all the tasks.” Lukas Kendera MSc International Business & Management

7


“Our graduates really need to hit the deck running. They have got to be able to apply the relevant knowledge and skills in the workplace and, because of the way we teach, our students have those skills straight away. So, they are highly employable, highly practical, highly articulate and highly sought after.” Professor Paul Burns Professor of Entrepreneurship at the University of Bedfordshire Business School

High-quality teaching The University of Bedfordshire’s state-of-the-art facilities and innovative teaching methods support a range of learning styles. The quality of our teaching is highly regarded, and our achievements most definitely speak for themselves. n  A number

of our staff have received National Teaching Fellowship Awards for their outstanding contributions to teaching and learning

n  We

were awarded top marks – a “confidence” rating – in our Quality Assurance Agency audit 2009, which checks how UK universities maintain their own academic standards and quality

n  Our

Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) has been rated as “outstanding” by Ofsted 2010

n  The

Government chose us as a Centre of Excellence in 2005, awarding us £3.3m over five years. The Centre of Excellence

David Mulewa MSc Computer Security & Forensics (Kenya)

8

www.beds.ac.uk

in Teaching and Learning (CETL) leaves an extensive legacy including social and creative learning spaces, and a skills-rich curriculum focused on learner development, employability and preparation for life in a rapidly changing environment. Our teaching staff are keen to model best practice, and our students can benefit from a variety of learning opportunities. As well as lectures which include the most recent studies and research, seminars and tutorials all of which provide students with the opportunity to gain feedback on their work. We also run regular workshops and masterclasses. Our students can also use BREO – our virtual learning environment.

Our lecturers are professionals who also work in the field, so being taught by someone who day in day out actually does what he teaches is great because you get to learn from their experiences as well.

The University regularly invites guest speakers who are actively involved in industry in to deliver masterclasses and workshops. Seminars also provide students with the chance to discuss topics in more depth. Our employment-focused degrees offer a winning combination of theory and practice, which are delivered in a range of informal and formal teaching and learning spaces, enabling our students to get the most out of their studies. Many of our lecturers and academic staff have been actively involved in industry for many years prior to joining us at Bedfordshire. Other staff regularly author and co-author an impressive number of texts on their specialist areas.


In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, we were commended for our “world-leading” research in several areas, including: n  Communications,

Media Studies

Cultural and

n  Earth

Systems and Environmental Science

n  English

Language and Literature

n  Social Work,

Social Policy and Administration

n  Sport, Tourism

and Leisure

The University has also been recognised as ‘internationally excellent’ in the areas of Computer

Science and Informatics; and Business and Management Studies. Our fantastic research performance in 2008 led to a doubling of our funding, which has helped us to undertake even more vital activity. We have received a number of grants and contracts for high-profile research projects, including the recent award of nearly £6m for an EU-wide diabetes research project, co-led by Professor

Alan Sinclair, Dean of the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School.

High-quality teaching // World-leading research

World-leading research

The research-led culture of the University means you really do have the opportunity to learn from and work alongside world-leading experts who are investigating real-world issues. Find out more about our nine Research Institutes on pages 185

Learn from and work alongside leading specialists, including: Professor James Crabbe – World expert in Marine Biology

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ jamescrabbe

Professor Helen Bailey – World-leading expert in Dance, Choreographic Practice and e-Science To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ helenbailey

Professor Stephen Perkins – International expert in Strategy and HRM

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ stephenperkins

Professor Alexis Weedon – World expert in Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ alexisweedon

9


International Bedfordshire The University of Bedfordshire welcomes students from all over the world, giving you the opportunity to live, study and become lifelong friends with a diverse range of people.

Within our community of more than 24,000 students we have more than 4,000 international students, from more than 100 countries around the world, so you can look forward to joining a truly global environment.

Internationalisation for all Our investment in making Bedfordshire a truly international university is aimed at our British students as well as those who come from overseas. We are committed to the internationalisation of our curriculum and recruit highlyqualified staff who have worked all over the world.

A warm welcome from the start We welcome our international students by offering a free airport meet and greet service from London Heathrow Airport, on specified days. A representative of the University will meet you at the airport (on specified days) and ensure that you arrive at the campus in time for a special international students’ induction week, during which you can make friends and meet staff. In order to take advantage of the meet and greet service you must register for it by visiting: www.beds.ac.uk/airport. You will also have the opportunity to join in with a full range of welcome activities, which are perfect for meeting people and helping you to settle in.

10

www.beds.ac.uk


The international experience The International Office Team

Specialist support

Make friends for life

Fantastic social programme

We have a dedicated International Student Support Team, who are on hand to offer any practical advice or help you may need to help you settle in. They are based at both Bedford and Luton and can help with the following (and more):

In conjunction with current international students, the International Office has also set up the International Friendship Group. The students who run the group have all travelled from their home country to come and study at the University of Bedfordshire and will understand exactly how you feel in the first few weeks as you settle in. They help new students with any questions or worries, introduce you to other students and offer lasting support as you get used to your new environment.

We do all we can to ensure you enjoy life here and one of the highlights of our extensive social programme is definitely the International Student Party. It features music, dancing and colourful traditional costumes, and is a great way to meet fellow students and staff. Find out more about the events and visits that make up the social programme here: www.beds.ac.uk/ internationalevents

n  Part-time

work

n  Temporary

numbers

National Insurance

n  Opening

a bank account

n  Personal

safety

n  Places

of worship

n  Registration

with the Student Health Centre

Ahmad Awais

n  Contact

with other international students

n  Visa

MA International Human Resource Management

applications

n  Legal

and community queries

n  Pastoral

support

care and general welfare

Find out more by visiting: www.beds. ac.uk/internationalsupport

Scan the code to see what else Ahmad has to say: http://uob.cc/ ahmad

The international office have given me tremendous support and I felt at home in the international office. I always consulted them with my problems and they were able to help me.

11


“Living and studying in a different country is an experience that will transform your life and your career prospects. It’s an opportunity that most people never have, and at Bedfordshire, we want you to get the most from your time here. We want you to be globally competent and mobile: to fulfil your academic potential; to see yourself and your culture through the eyes of your peers from all around the world; to discover your strengths as you overcome new challenges; and to far exceed your own expectations.” Harry Wang, Director of the International Office

International Bedfordshire Part-time work and internships If you are a non-EU student, you will be allowed to work 20 hours per week (part-time) during term time and full-time during recognised holidays*. EU students are permitted to work the same number of hours as UK students. To work in the UK, you will need a National Insurance (NI) number. On arrival at the University, the International Student Support Team will be able to issue you with a temporary number and give advice on how to get a permanent one. We also have a Job Shop in our Careers and Employment Service, which can help you find suitable work in a range of areas. We also run a pioneering International Students’ Internships Scheme, which aims to generate workplace opportunities for international postgraduate students in local and national businesses, as well as the University itself. To find out more, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/isis

English language support If English is not your first language, you may wish to take advantage of the expert support available within the University, to assist you in your academic studies.

*Subject to the conditions of your visa.

Healthcare

eLife magazine

www.beds.ac.uk

around the world, which allows students to spend part of their study time in another country. The programmes provide high-quality and flexible study pathways that are specifically designed to prepare international students for admission to undergraduate and postgraduate taught degrees at the University. For more information about our international links select your country on our website: www.beds. ac.uk/yourcountry

The staff in the Division of Language and Communication can offer a language testing service, which will enable you to identify areas where you need additional support. This service can play a major role in ensuring that you have the best opportunity to succeed in your academic studies. Pre-sessional courses are also available, which help with both English language and key study skills. For further information, visit: www.beds.ac.uk

All full-time students who are registered on a course of at least six months’ duration are entitled to receive free medical treatment through the National Health Service (NHS). The University has its own Health Centre and, during induction week, nurses from the Health Centre will come to the University to register international students with the doctor. You will need to bring your medical history. Once you have completed an HC1 form, you will be entitled to free medical prescriptions and reduced fees for optical and dental

12

treatment. Short-stay students will have to pay for treatment as private patients. Private healthcare without medical insurance cover can be expensive, so it’s important to arrange medical insurance before leaving home to come to the UK.

The eLife newsletter is a monthly e-magazine published exclusively for international students, overseas agents and embassies. This magazine keeps you up-to-date with new courses and good news from around the University, so be sure to look out for the next issue. Don’t miss out – sign-up to the mailing list here: www.beds.ac.uk/elife

International collaborations The University of Bedfordshire takes pride in strengthening its international collaborative links and participates in programmes with several universities

Students getting ready to perform at the welcome party.


Luton

Bedford

Aylesbury

Luton is Bedfordshire’s largest town and is packed full of cultural diversity. The town is renowned for its urban attractions and industrial heritage, despite its close proximity to the Chiltern Hills and other areas of natural beauty.

Bedford is located approximately 20 miles from Luton and lies along the picturesque banks of the River Great Ouse. Bedford is excellently positioned. Flanked east and west by the historic cities of Oxford and Cambridge, this vibrant town is just 40 minutes from central London.

The Medieval county town of Aylesbury is home to our Buckinghamshire campus. Aylesbury has the atmosphere of a traditional bustling market town, and great investment means it now brings together all the features of a lively, modern town – including some very unusual architecture.

Situated just off England’s main motorway, the M1, Luton is just 30 minutes from central London, and is home to London Luton Airport, which is just three miles from our Luton campus and the town centre.

Campus

Aylesbury is around 40 minutes from the Luton campus, and just under an hour from Bedford.

Campus Our Luton campus is located right in the heart of the town centre, whereas our smaller teaching sites, Butterfield Park and Putteridge Bury, are close by in the countryside. Find out more on page 194.

The Bedford campus is close to Bedford town centre and can be reached by bus in around five minutes. It is also a few minutes walk from Aspects Leisure Centre which is home to a cinema, gym, and restaurants. Find out more on page 195.

Getting there n  Frequent

trains to and from London (40 minutes)

n  X5

coach service runs between Cambridge, Bedford, Milton Keynes and Oxford

Getting there n  Frequent

trains to and from London (30 minutes)

n  Excellent

bus connections to cities all over the UK

n  Excellent n  London

road links via M1 and A1

Luton Airport is a 40-minute journey from the Bedford campus

Campus Our Buckinghamshire campus is home to many of our Nursing students. Our Health care students are also able to benefit from studying at Butterfield Park, in Luton. Find out more on page 195.

The international experience // Where we are: location

Where we are: location

Getting there n  Regular

trains to and from London (40 minutes)

n  Great

travel links via A41, M40 and M25

n  Within easy reach of London Heathrow

and London Luton Airports

n  Convenient

road links with quick access to the M1 and A1

n  London

Luton Airport is just three miles from our Luton campus

Bedford

Aylesbury

Luton

Bedfordshire

Buckinghamshire London

Find out more about our locations on page 201, and read more about our towns on page 194.

13


24/7

SiD 24/7 is available online to make accessing our services as easy as possible.

Outstanding student support Deciding whether to undertake further study can be a daunting decision. Many of our postgraduate students will be in a professional position or have personal commitments which have to be factored into their day-to-day life, and so working out that work-life balance can be tough. But here at Bedfordshire, we are able to offer a comprehensive range of support services to help you every step of the way. Getting to know SiD All of our support services can be accessed through the Student Information Desk (or SiD as we like to call it). SiD is based in our new Luton Campus Centre, and also at our other University campuses, and can even be accessed online 24/7. So whether you are onor off-campus, we are always here to help. Whatever your query, you will find that our student support advisers are happy to point you in the right direction.

14

www.beds.ac.uk

Professional and Academic Development SiD can put you in touch with our Professional and Academic Development experts, who offer support to students if they want to develop particular skills. PAD also provides a series of free study skills workshops at both the Luton and Bedford campuses, as well as one-to-one tutorials.

Personal tutors Students are assigned a personal tutor when they register. Tutors can assist with your transition to University, your academic performance, and general health and well-being.

Spirituality and faith The University has a multicultural student population and attracts people of all faiths and orientation. We operate spirituality and faith centres at our Luton and Bedford campuses to bring people together and to provide space for reflection and prayer.

Careers Our Careers Service offers a range of support to help our students get the jobs that they have always wanted. Read more on page 6.

Dedicated learning space The University will soon be introducing a new ÂŁ20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre, which is scheduled to be completed in 2013. See page 17. Find out more on page 193.

There’s much more at

www.beds.ac.uk/

studentlife


Outstanding student support // Financing your studies

We offer a wide variety of Research Grants, Studentships and

Scholarships Financing your studies Tuition fees

n

For the most up-to-date information and to find out the cost of our postgraduate courses for 2013 entry, please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/fees

n  International

Funding

n  Steel

Here at the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a wide variety of scholarships*, including:

n  Research

UK/EU Scholarship – worth £4,500 Early Fee Payment Scholarship – worth £1,500

n  International Alumni

Loyalty Scholarship – worth £500 Memorial Fund – worth £12,000

n  …And

There’s much more at

www.beds.ac.uk/

money

Grants and Studentships

many more!

For more information turn to page 188.

*All figures shown here are based on 2012 entry. Please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pgmoney for the most up-to-date information, and for eligibility criteria.

Inge Hermann Postgraduate research student, Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

I received a Postgraduate Research Studentship (annual bursary) which I am planning to put towards my monthly living expenses and research expenses. The PhD bursaries in tourism and leisure are widely advertised online and through various institutes and universities worldwide.

15


Artist impression of the new Postgraduate and CPD Centre due for completion 2013

Industry standard TV studio

Bedford Campus Centre

Between 2006 and 2013 we will have invested more than ÂŁ180m in new facilities, creating one of the most modern and well-equipped universities in the UK. Law Moot Court

16

www.beds.ac.uk

Putteridge Bury campus, Luton


We are currently undergoing a £180m major redevelopment programme across all our campuses, scheduled to be completed by 2013, to create innovative high-quality teaching, learning and personal development facilities. We continue to invest in state-ofthe-art student-centred facilities to enhance your learning and provide you with an outstanding and fulfilling student experience With fantastic facilities and a strong commitment to excellence, we offer you the perfect place to further your study and career

Building for the future & you... Scheduled for completion in 2013, our £20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre (CPD) will feature innovative learning spaces, two Harvard-style lecture theatres, hi-tech IT and AV equipment and a dedicated social area, all designed with our postgraduate student community in mind. Pictured opposite top left.

MSc postgraduate laboratory

Campus highlights

Butterfield

Luton

n  Brand-new

n  New

£34m Campus Centre bringing all student services under one roof

n  £1.2m

simulation labs complete with fully functional theatre, ward, and a clinic environment

revolutionary Business Pods

n  £180,000

Law Moot Court

n  Multi-million n  Two

First-class facilities for you

First-class facilities for you

pound Media Arts Centre

brand-new £1m engineering labs

n  £1m

dedicated MSc science laboratory

n  Our

new £40m accommodation, Fitzroy Court which offers 850 fully furnished, study bedrooms, with en-suite facilities and high-speed internet

Bedford n  £8m

Physical Education and Sport Science Centre

n  £700,000

Muscle Cellular and Molecular Physiology Lab – the only one of its kind in the UK

n  £6m

Campus Centre which houses a £4.5m 280-seat theatre – one of the largest in the county

New Campus Centre, Luton

Check out the facilities for yourself by taking a virtual tour at:

www.beds.ac.uk/

virtualtour “The facilities are great! I enjoyed working in the Mac suite. The technicians were very supportive.” Anna Skopinska MA by Research in Art and Design

PE and Sport Science Centre at Bedford

17


Usha Bhatta

Rachel Taylor

Rojina Shrestha

18

www.beds.ac.uk

Sajjad Ali


Emily Blake PgCert Performing Before the Camera

“As a result of undertaking an internship organised by the University, I have now been offered a job with the company when I graduate. I feel happy and proud that I will be working with such a reputable organisation.”

What our students say...

“I chose to study here because I completed my undergraduate degree at Bedfordshire and I really enjoyed it, and I just wanted to expand my knowledge even further. When I leave I’m feeling a lot more comfortable about myself, because in this industry it’s all about talking to people, which is something I struggled with as I am quite shy, but it’s given me a real boost to my confidence to go out into the world of work.”

Sajjad Ali

Scan the code to see what else Emily has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/emilyblake

MSc Engineering Business Management

Postgraduate students share their experiences of life at Bedfordshire...

“Part-time study allows me to study at the same time as maintaining my job. I think I benefit in studying the Executive MBA as I am able to relate my learning to my day-to-day working.” Rachel Taylor Executive MBA Part-time

“I enjoyed working with people from all corners of the world and it was a life-time experience for me. Communication is knowledge and I will be able to use what I have learnt back home in Nepal.” Usha Bhatta MA Mass Communications

“I chose to study at Bedfordshire because the course appealed to my particular interests. The facilities are good and I have made most use of the Learning Resources Centre. My time at the University has been very enjoyable and I would really recommend it as the best place to discover your knowledge.” Rojina Shrestha MSc Biotechnology 19


“The University of Bedfordshire is a dynamic university with a vast number of professionals and lecturers who focus on sharing their experience and knowledge to students who wish to learn. What I like most is the location, it’s fantastic and very close to the town as well as more remote areas. One of my favourite areas is Putteridge Bury which offers traditional countryside and a fantastic view.”

Ilir Kodra MSc Computer Networking (Albania)

20

www.beds.ac.uk


What our students say...

“I work full-time alongside my studies, as I run my own business. My family help as do the staff who I work with, but everything else I am doing via mobile computing where possible. The University wireless network is a big help there, as is ready access to computers across the campus. I have been able to schedule timetabled lectures and seminars together on Monday and Tuesday, any other lectures take place out of hours. This means I can fit in my work schedule most of the time anyway. Additionally, the University library is now bolstered by access to the IEEE digital library which makes up the bulk of my research areas, so I am able to carry out most of my personal research in the evening or at weekends as if I were on campus.”

Gordon Brady MSc Business Information System Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/gordonbrady

What our students say... “There is great sense of community spirit at the University of Bedfordshire.” Erica Cook MSc Health Psychology

“I think the teaching is great. The tutors have rich backgrounds in theory and practice at the same time, and this is shown in their lectures.” Akunna Victor International Human Resource Management 21


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics University of Bedfordshire 2013 22

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics The University of Bedfordshire Business School is the largest Business School in the region, with more than 5,000 students and over 120 teaching and research staff. It is a member of the Association of Business Schools (ABS) and the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD). We offer courses in a wide range of subject areas including Business and Management, Accounting and Finance, Marketing, Human Resource Management, Law and Language.


Full-time Specialist Business Master’s

Full-time General Business Master’s

36

Pre-Masters in Business

26

 BA Master of Business M Administration

37

MSc Accounting & Finance

38

MA Applied Linguistics (TEFL)

27

MBA Brand Management

39

MA/MSc by Research in Business

27

MBA Educational Leadership*

40

LLM Corporate Law

27

MBA Finance

41

Certificate in ELT

27

 BA Hospital & Health M Services Management

42

MA ELT Management

28

MBA Human Resource Management

43

MSc Engineering Business Management

28

MBA Information Technology Management

44

MA Intercultural Communication

45

LLM International Commercial Law

28

MBA Marketing

46

MSc International Finance & Banking

47

MA International Human Resource Management

48

MA International Relations

49

MSc Investment & Finance

The MBM Suite: 29 MSc Business & Management 30

MSc Business Web Analytics & Management

31

MSc Finance & Business Management

50

32

MSc Hotel & Hospitality Business Management

MSc Logistics & Supply Chain Management

51

MSc Marketing Communications

33

MSc Information Systems & Business Management

52

MSc Project Management

53

MSc Public Relations

34

MSc International Business & Management

54

Association of Chartered Certified Accountants

55

DPSI Public Service Interpreting Diploma

35

Professor MSc Marketing & Paul Burns Business Management

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Courses

Dr Sonal Minocha

56

MBA Executive

Dean of the University of Bedfordshire Business School

57

MBA Executive (Healthcare)

57

 BA Executive (Information M Technology Management)

58

MSc Human Resource Management Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited

59

PgDip Human Resource Management Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

60

PgCert Management Accredited as the CMI Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership

Our ambition is to develop dynamic leaders and managers who will ask different questions, who find imaginative solutions and make a difference through innovative, intelligent practice. Our postgraduate provision is designed to meet the needs of both individuals and organisations for a practice impact.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Part-time Executive Master’s

*Subject to approval

23


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Why choose Bedfordshire? Most of our postgraduate courses are run at the postgraduate Business School at Putteridge Bury. This is an Edwardian mansion, recently refurbished at a cost of almost £3m. Regular networking meetings and lectures from industry leaders take place at this centre, so you will have the chance to mix with local and regional business professionals. Courses will also be provided in our new Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre. This new development, due to be opened in 2013, provides the latest learning environment for students.  he University’s Knowledge Hub is T the gateway for business support at the University of Bedfordshire. The Knowledge Hub offers organisations of all sizes the chance to develop by offering access to a number of initiatives and opportunities to forge new industry links. The Knowledge Hub connects the University with businesses for the purposes of knowledge transfer, innovation, enterprise activities and training, and also offers short professional courses.

We offer a wide range of general and specialist courses. Both full- and part-time options are available to suit your needs. We also offer distance and blended learning options. Many of our part-time courses are run on Saturdays and are supported by the latest online communications and learning technology. We are developing a point of view on education that is international practicedriven. We recognise that practice and practitioners are characterised by their unique problem contexts which are complex, uncertain and ambiguous – they are messy – particularly in the context of global/international issues. Practitioners are rarely presented with opportunities to manage according to the academic models and theories taught in business schools – instead they draw upon their knowledge and experience of practice and seeing the practice of others – a knowledge base that is often tacit and highly context-sensitive. It is this thinking that underpins our core philosophy and that is transforming the nature of courses and the kind of research focus the Business School takes. You benefit as we strive to:

n  Develop

creative thinkers, intelligent practitioners and designers of futures

n  Develop

applied research skills and mindsets in our graduates as future practitioners

n  Embed

a nuanced understanding of international practice in our curriculum

n  Deliver

a superior and distinctive student experience

Full-time courses

Our Master’s courses normally require you to have a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, and are ideal for students who want to enhance their employment prospects. Non-native English speakers may have to undertake an English Language test and achieve an appropriate IELTS score – see individual course entries for details. We also offer an International Foundation Programme that can be used to improve your academic study skills up to the level required for entry to our Masters courses. Our MBA and MBM Suite of Master’s are designed to give you a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of business and management. They are intensive, challenging courses that will help you to enhance your career and give you an edge.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Merle Niederhuefner

24

MSc International Business & Management graduate (Germany)

The University has so much more to offer than just interesting courses. But in order to tap into your full potential, students need to actively engage and be willing to invest their time and knowledge. During my time at the University I met some amazing people. All this made my time at University an exciting experience.


Part-time executive courses

Our part-time courses are run in the evenings and at weekends, and use the latest online learning and communications technology to enable you to conduct some of your study from home or work. Your classes will be held at Luton, Putteridge Bury or the Bedford campus. Our experienced staff understand balancing the demands of work, home and study is never straightforward, and aim to provide the best possible study environment. So if you do not have a first degree, but instead offer years of business experience, you might still be eligible to study one of our courses.

Research Degrees

Working with the University’s Research Graduate School, the Business School offers research degrees both at Master’s and doctoral level. Students would normally already have a Master’s degree before registering for a research degree where the emphasis is on an individual and independent research investigation. Research within the Business School is co-ordinated by the Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI), which is committed to producing highquality research that is applied and applicable, and relevant to the needs of the business community. It has a strong record in collaborative research with both UK and international partners and is committed to producing and promoting research of the highest quality. We have six specialist research centres, which together form the Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI).

The specialist research centres are as follows: Research Centre for Contemporary Accounting and Finance (ResCAF) – current student projects include: n  The

relationship between the level of voluntary disclosure, corporate governance, ownership structure and firm characteristics

n  The

impacts of corporate governance on major shareholders investment decisions of the new regulations of the audit profession on the audit firms’ strategies

n  Variation

of dimensional structure across ability levels in language proficiency tests

Centre for Research in Law (CRiL) – current student projects include: n  The

role of national and regional courts in reviewing measures adopted in implementation of UN sanctions against individuals suspected of involvement in terrorist activity

n  The

right to conscientious objection in international human rights law

n  Effects

n  The

Centre for Leadership Innovation (CLI) – current student projects include:

Centre for Business and Information Systems (BISC) – current student projects include:

n  Developing

leaders for the future across developing/developed country borders transplantation of western people management practices to emerging business systems

influence of bilateral treaties on foreign direct Investment in developing countries: the case of Libya

n  Inter-form

knowledge transfer networks and innovation

n  Analysing

n  Examining

n  Employee

n  Developing

Centre for Advances in Marketing (CAM) – current student projects include

n  project

n  Digital

For more information, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/bmri

engagement policies and procedures

and social media investigations

n  Consumption

of credence products using a framework of post purchase evaluation

n  Case

study investigation of business-to-business relationships in international contexts

Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – current projects include: n  The

relationship between test-takers’ first language, listening proficiency and their performance on paired speaking tests

n  Validating

a framework of EFL proficiency tests in Japan: demonstrating that locally designed tests meet international standards

n  Test-mode

Effects of Tablet Computers on Reading Comprehension Tests

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Our specialist Master’s courses require you to have a first degree in a relevant subject upon which to expand your knowledge and skills. The School of Law offers innovative courses including the brand-new LLM in Corporate Law. Our linguistics courses are run at the Luton campus in our dedicated Language Centre.

emerging ICTs adoption in SMEs from actor network theory perspective a framework for evaluating e-government success management maturity in NGOs

Applications for postgraduate degrees by research (MA/MSc or MPhil/PhD) related to the work of these research centres are particularly welcome. Please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research to find out more.

New full-time courses under development

We are always developing new courses to offer our students the most up-todate and relevant education. We have a number of new courses currently under development; please visit: www.beds. ac.uk for further information.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Specialist Master’s

25


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Master of Business Administration Starts in: September or February (and other dates on demand)

important balance between contemporary theory and practice in its MBA course.

and business plans – prepared by the student and submitted by a given deadline.

Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

The course combines core MBA disciplines such as marketing, operations management and strategy, with innovative subject areas such as entrepreneurship, and creativity and innovation, to understand the ‘big picture’ of business life, underpinning career success in strategic management and leadership. You will complete two projects during the course: one focused on leadership and the other on a project case study that integrates your previous learning.

Career opportunities The full-time MBA studentship is highly international and diverse in nature. Career progression is enhanced by the strategic management knowledge and skills that the MBA develops.

Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good second class Honours degree in any discipline from a registered Higher Education Institution. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n An internationally recognised degree conforming to Quality Assurance Agency guidelines n Opportunities

to attend highprofile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub

University of Bedfordshire 2013

About the course The University of Bedfordshire Business School, a member of the UK Association of Business Schools and the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD), prides itself on the

26

(MBA)

Areas of study include: Marketing for managers

The course is normally scheduled over three to four contact days per week to allow individual and group study time, and is supplemented by workshops and lectures by distinguished practitioners, careers advice and professional development. An international perspective is maintained in all subject areas through the selection of study materials and, in many assessments, by allowing the student to choose the context, organisation or scenario in which to apply management theory.

Leading people in organisations

Approximately 20 per cent of the MBA assessment is carried out in student groups. There are some written examinations and tests (eg leading and managing people, and accounting for leaders and strategy), but the main assessment vehicle is individual written assignments – reports, case study analysis

The competitive global context (optional)

Accounting for managers Managing operations Executive development Strategic management Business and financial markets Theory into practice project Small businesses and entrepreneurship (optional) Creativity for managers (optional)

To find out more contact Tim Priestman: t: +44 (0)1582 743 972 e: tim.priestman@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

Biao Wang Master of Business Administration graduate

I have developed a good level of interpersonal skills, creativity and motivation. The course developed my effective planning, organisational and team management skills. As a result, I feel much more confident in the business world.

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


The Master of Business Administration (Brand Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at marketing professionals. n Marketing

for managers

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

for managers

n Managing

operations

n Executive

development

n Strategic

management

n Brand

management and research

n Theory

project

into practice

Students can select two options from the following: n Public

relations issues

n Interactive

and direct

marketing

n Marketing

communications

for managers

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

for managers

n Managing

operations

n Executive

development

n Strategic n Theory

management

into practice project

n Change

management in education

n Marketing

for managers

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

for managers

n Managing

operations

n Executive

development

n Strategic

management

healthcare perspectives

The Master of Business Administration (Educational Leadership) consists of core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at education professionals.

n Marketing

The core units you will study:

n Social

Educational Leadership* (MBA)

The core units you will study:

The Master of Business Administration (Hospital and Health Services Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.

n Theory

project

into practice

Students can select two options from the following: n Information

systems in the hospital and health services

n Health

economics: quality provision and commissioning

n Organising

services

healthcare

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited.

To find out more about these courses contact Tim Priestman – see page 26

Students can select two options from the following: n Data

management in education

n Contemporary

in education

n Governance

in education

issues

and ethics

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited. *Subject to approval

Finance (MBA) The Master of Business Administration (Finance) consists of the following core units of the MBA and three additional units aimed at finance professionals. The core units you will study:

n Strategic

n Marketing

n Corporate

for managers

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

for managers

n Managing

operations

n Executive

development

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

management finance

n Foundation

theories

of investment

n International

and markets

n Theory

finance

into practice project

Enables you to fast-track your career progression and grow your business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

The core units you will study:

Hospital & Health Services Management (MBA)

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Brand Management (MBA)

27


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Human Resource Management (MBA) The Master of Business Administration (Human Resource Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at human resource professionals. The core units you will study: n Marketing

for managers

human resource management

n Theory

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

n Comparative

for managers

into practice project

Students can select two options from the following:

n Managing

operations

n Employee

n Executive

development

n Human

n Strategic

engagement

resource development

management

n Personnel

resourcing

Information Technology Management (MBA) The Master of Business Administration (Information Technology Management) consists of core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at Information Technology professionals. The core units you will study: n Marketing

for managers

n Application

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

for managers

n Managing

operations

n Executive

development

n Strategic

of project management methodologies

Our MBA courses enhance business competence, and strengthens confidence and credibility which are vital for progression to senior management

n Exploiting

information systems strategy

n Management

management

of data

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited.

n Utilising

emerging technologies

n Theory

Students can select two options from the following:

into practice

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Marketing (MBA)

28

The Master of Business Administration (Marketing) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at marketing professionals. The core units you will study:

n Integrated

n Marketing

n Theory

for managers

n Leading

people in organisations

n Accounting

operations

n Executive

development

n Strategic

Students can select two options from the following:

for managers

n Managing

management

www.beds.ac.uk 

marketing

into practice project

n International

marketing

n Marketing

communications

n Interactive

marketing

and direct

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

To find out more about these courses contact Tim Priestman – see page 26 T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Business & Management Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Designed to help graduates who are not business specialists to gain a valuable insight into business and management n Opportunity

to tailor your course to achieve either breadth or specialisation in your studies

n Learn

with other postgraduate students from around the world

n Opportunities

to attend high-profile business lecture events run by the University’s business services group, the Knowledge Hub

About the course The course is designed to introduce non-specialists to a range of business areas to become knowledgeable and effective managers. You will develop a deep understanding of organisations, their external context and how they are managed. You will be able to apply this knowledge to a range of situations, taking account of the relationship and interaction with other areas of the business. The experienced and supportive teaching team will help you develop a critical awareness of current issues in business and management. The course is varied in content and delivery methods. There will be a mix of lectures, seminars and tutorials. You will also work in smaller groups to discuss case studies, prepare for assessments and give presentations. Career opportunities On completion of this course, graduates will be well placed to pursue executive posts in public and private sectors of industry and commerce, and in non-governmental and voluntary organisations.

Areas of study include: Business communications Financial analysis Marketing Business data analysis Managing people Digital business management Applied management project Corporate finance Issues in financial reporting Brand management and research International marketing Strategic management of information systems Web analytics

To find out more: e: mbm-admin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

(MSc)

Manish Dedhia MSc Business & Management student (India)

The best aspect of this course is that we are studying all subjects like Finance, Marketing, HR and we learn a bit of everything. Back home in India we don’t have any practical study like this. The tutors are expecting us to work to a very high corporate level. Although this is tough, it is helping us grow.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

29


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

Business Web Analytics & Management (MSc) Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features Business web analytics and management is rapidly gaining in importance and focus as businesses address the challenge of meeting increasingly demanding customer expectations in an increasingly interconnected and intelligent business world where data-driven insights are critical to success. This course will give you a valuable qualification that is attractive to employers. During the course you will:

About the course Web analytics has been recognised as a technology that is a core part of a data-driven strategy for the managing of digital business. The MSc Business Web Analytics and Management is a unique, multidisciplinary course designed for ambitious graduates wanting to acquire the necessary skills and knowledge needed to manage digital enterprises effectively. The course is designed for a learning experience with a balance of managing the digital enterprise, use of web analytics for business intelligence and project management topics integrated within an understanding of the strategic and operational issues of managing digital businesses. Career opportunities On successful completion of this course, you will be well equipped for a career as a business manager, influencing digital business strategies and activities, a business and web analytics consultant, focusing on digital business applications, or project managers responsible for the delivery of web analytics and digital business solutions.

Did you know? This course is leading edge: there are currently no similar courses at postgraduate level offered by any other UK university.

Areas of study include: Digital business management Web analytics and applications Project management Web marketing Strategic marketing Financial analysis Business research methods Business data analysis Applied management project

To find out more contact Diane Richardson: t: +44 (0)1234 793 472 e: diane.richardson@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

n Develop

skills and knowledge in business web analytics and management to enhance employability

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Benefit

30

from opportunities to attend and network at high-profile web analytics events organised by the professional community

n Experience

practice-oriented teaching based on real-world case studies and action-learning projects that ensures a tight integration of theory and practice

n Have

the opportunity to gain further professional qualifications such as Google Analytics Individual Qualification (GAIQ)

n Undertake

collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


(MSc)

Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Designed to help graduates who are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into business and management, and enhance their employability n Mix

with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment

n Opportunities

to attend highprofile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub

n Opportunity

to study finance in-depth on a general business course

n Excellent

job prospects due to the high demand for graduates with a background in accounting and finance

n Excellent

location near the centre of finance, the City of London

About the course This course is designed for students who are new to accounting and finance, and who wish to develop a more strategic and integrated orientation to finance and business. You will develop the skills required to adapt appropriate strategic responses to different market environments through the study of organisations. You will also understand the impact of contextual forces on

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

organisations, including legal systems, corporate governance and ethical, economic and environmental change issues. You will develop your knowledge of the financing of organisations, including the sources, uses and management of finance and the use of accounting for managerial and financial reporting. You will study the management and development of people within organisations; the impact of information systems; the use of relevant communication within the global economy; and how cultural differences affect buying behaviour and marketing approaches. You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply appropriate decision-making skills, as well as the knowledge to reach feasible and realistic conclusions. Career opportunities On successful completion of the MSc Finance and Business Management, you will be well placed to pursue a career in accounting management, banking, insurance and the stock market. You will have acquired the knowledge and skills to become an effective manager in the public or private sector and are likely to

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

establish a career path in companies that are listed on stock exchanges around the world. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Corporate finance Issues in financial reporting Business communication Financial analysis Marketing Business data analysis Managing people Digital business management Applied management project

To find out more: e: mbm-admin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Finance & Business Management

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

31


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

Hospitality & Hotel Business Management Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Provides an innovative and dynamic approach to manager education and training n The

course draws on the expertise and experience of tutors and practitioners across our schools

n You

will undertake incremental learning about how to meet the individual and diverse needs of customers

n Learn

with other postgraduate students from diverse backgrounds

managers in the hotel and hospitality industry must be able to provide direction, motivate their employees and act as facilitators of change in frequently uncertain circumstances. Above all, they must be critical thinkers and confident practitioners with an international outlook. You will also be required to evaluate situations which impact on the industry and make appropriate educated decisions. You, as a future manager, will have opportunities to develop your ability to think critically and become a competent practitioner, able to employ legislation and regulation. The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining the use of up-to-date e-Media with traditional tuition and access to wellstocked library resources. Career opportunities This course is intended to equip you with the knowledge and skills to take up a career in the management of hospitality-related businesses. On successful completion of the MSc Hospitality & Hotel Business Management, you will be equipped with a broad range of knowledge and skills that will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and

(MSc)

situations related to the industry. The course will be valuable to those looking to launch a career in hospitality business or those looking to develop their existing career.

Areas of study include: Business communication 1 Business communication 2 Financial analysis Business data analysis Managing people Marketing Applied management project Business principles and practice in hospitality Organisation and operation in the hotel and hospitality industry Digital business management

To find out more: e: mbm-admin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

high-profile business lecture events run by the University’s business services group, the Knowledge Hub

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Attend

32

About the course This course is designed to provide the opportunity for you to gain accurate and authoritative information and knowledge in the hotel and hospitality industry. At the same time, you will be able to develop the skills and understanding which enable future managers at all levels to act competently and effectively in the organisations in which you will work. Since many aspects of managerial work are directly linked to the performance of an organisation, including failure, future

www.beds.ac.uk 

Experience an innovative and dynamic approach to manager education and training

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Information Systems & Business Management Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Designed to help graduates, who are not business specialists, gain a valuable insight into business and management, and enhance their employability n Learn

with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment

n Opportunities

to attend highprofile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub

n One

of very few Master’s courses combining business and information systems

n State-of-the-art

computing facilities

About the course The idea of managers who can ‘bridge’ between different areas is one that has been promoted by the British Computing Society (BCS) for some time. The ‘bridger’ has to have a wide perspective and be equipped with the organisational and people skills to break down the barriers between IT and business. The aim of this course is to develop you to be a leader in your organisation, enabling the full benefits of modern technology to be realised. The course is interdisciplinary and you

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

(MSc)

will learn about information systems alongside the core areas of business and management which are at the heart of this course. The course will prepare you to make critical high-level managerial and organisational decisions and to back these up with the best informationgathering and deployment methods. You will also develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply appropriate decision-making skills and knowledge to reach feasible, realistic conclusions. Career opportunities There is a widely recognised shortage of managers who are knowledgeable about information systems but who also have a strong understanding of business. On successful completion of the course, you will be well placed to start a career in general management or in areas requiring a strong foundation in information systems.

Areas of study include: Corporate finance Issues in financial reporting Business communication Financial analysis Marketing Business data analysis Managing people

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

Digital business management Applied management project

To find out more: e: mbm-admin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

33


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

International Business & Management (MSc) Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Designed to help graduates who are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into international business and management, and enhance their employability n A

very diverse student population so you can experience the benefits and issues of international business first-hand

teaching on this course represent a number of nationalities and bring a truly international perspective

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Staff

34

ethical, economic and environmental change issues. You will develop your knowledge of the financing of organisations including the sources, uses and management of finance and the use of accounting for managerial and financial reporting. You will also study the management and development of people within organisations, the use of relevant communications within the global economy and how cultural differences affect both buying behaviour and marketing approaches. As well as specific knowledge relating to international business, you will develop enhanced personal and interpersonal skills. These include critical thinking, team-working, problem-solving, numeracy and quantitative skills, selfmanagement and negotiation skills. Career opportunities On successful completion of the MSc International Business and Management, you will be equipped with a broad range of knowledge and skills that will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and situations. You will be well-equipped to pursue a variety of management roles in both public and private sectors in national or international businesses.

About the course This course offers you the opportunity to develop a particular strength in the management of international business issues. You will focus on strategic areas of marketing management and finance, as well as international markets and the developing patterns of world trade – invaluable for those who wish to work in the global marketplace. You will develop the skills required to adopt appropriate strategic responses to different market environments through the study of organisations. You will also understand the impact of contextual forces on organisations, including legal systems, corporate governance and

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

The course will be valuable to launch a career in international business or for those looking to develop their existing international career. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Business communications Financial analysis Marketing Business data analysis Managing people Digital business management Applied management project Corporate finance International marketing

To find out more: e: mbm-admin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

Ksenia Vakhrusheva MSc International Business & Management student

I would recommend the University to prospective students. We have lecturers and students from around the world, which helps us understand the business environment on a global scale and it also means we can work with real international examples. The traditional Putteridge Bury campus is a good atmosphere in which to study.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Marketing & Business Management (MSc) your short- and long-term employment prospects.

Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

You will be equipped to pursue a career in areas such as marketing management, or brand management and communications, within both the private and public sectors.

Duration: 1 year full-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Designed to help graduates who are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into business and management, and the role marketing has to play n Mix

with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment

n Opportunities

to attend highprofile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub

n You

will be taught by specialist marketing academics from our large Department of Marketing

n Excellent

links with many marketing organisations, offering opportunities for real-world experience

n Excellent

location with easy access to London – where many large marketing agencies are based

About the course This course offers you the opportunity to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to operate effectively in the marketing arena, and to face the real issues challenging marketeers today. The marketing element is vital for innovative companies to remain competitive. The course will suit those who are new to marketing and/or those

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

That will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and situations. You will be well-equipped to pursue a variety of management roles in both public and private sectors in national or international businesses. The course will be valuable to launch a career in international business or for those looking to develop their existing international career.

who wish to develop a more strategic, integrated approach to marketing and business management. You will study the key areas of brand management, international marketing, communications and digital business management. You will then be able to apply this knowledge to a range of situations, taking account of the relationship and interaction with other areas of business. You will also be able to design, propose and demonstrate strategic marketing solutions to real business problems. You will learn to recognise how cultural and social differences affect buying behaviour and marketing approaches on a global scale. You will also learn about the management and development of people within organisations, as well as the impact of information systems on business and the importance of communication in global business. Career opportunities On completion of the course, you will have developed your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decisionmaking skills and knowledge to reach feasible and realistic marketing and business solutions. This range of marketing and management skills will enhance both

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Production systems management (lean manufacturing focus) Technology management Project management Operations management Financial analysis Risk and quality management (six sigma focus) Contract and procurement management Management of operations Managing people Applied management project

To find out more: e: mbm-admin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

The MBM Suite

35


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Pre-Masters in Business Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 24 months, full-time (including Master’s degree) Open to: EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should have completed a 14 year education programme with three years work experience or hold an HND or equivalent with one year of work experience. Key features n Students with HND or equivalent qualifications can develop the communication and interpersonal skills, and business knowledge to progress directly to a range of Master’s awards in Business at the University of Bedfordshire n International

students can benefit from becoming familiar with UKbased approaches to learning

n Provides

excellent academic and general support for international students

About the course The Pre-Masters course offers a route into postgraduate Business degrees for EU and international students whose

academic or linguistic backgrounds do not qualify them for direct entry. We will consider applicants who have completed a 14 year education programme plus three years’ work experience, and/or hold an HND or equivalent with one year of work experience. The course consists of subject specific, English language and study skills units which are fully assessed. The Business units are delivered by subject specialists in the Business School. The majority of the course is subject specific, with three units providing knowledge of business strategy and management, and business research. The course curriculum prepares individuals for academic engagement from the perspectives of subject coverage and skills requirements for Master’s degree level study. Career opportunities Successful completion of this course guarantees access to one of the following Master’s courses at the University of Bedfordshire: n MBA n MSc

Business & Management

n MA

International Human Resource Management

Choose from a range of Business units and study a topic in-depth that relates to your individual interests

Areas of study include: Dr Alison Hirst Principal Lecturer

Intercultural business communication

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Business strategy

36

The Pre-Masters in Business at Bedfordshire is a great opportunity for you to build your skills, confidence and knowledge of Business, in preparation for successful Master’s study. The core of the Pre-Masters course is taught in a discrete course group, enabling you to experience study in the UK alongside a group of peers all committed to working towards successful Master’s study.

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

A choice from a range of specialist options (eg marketing, finance, e-business, HRM) Business research

To find out more contact Dr Alison Hirst: t: +44 (0)1582 743 234 e: alison.hirst@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students

Key features n You will have access to a range of financial databases (eg Datastream, FAME) and statistical software (Eviews, STATA and SPSS) n We

are located close to the City of London for study and placement opportunities

n The

teaching team is an international group that has presented at conferences throughout the world

n Mix

with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment

About the course This course delivers a broad foundation of analytical skills essential for accounting and finance in a range of organisations. The technical knowledge gained from this course is enhanced by the application and integration of theory and practice with a particular focus on quantitative and research skills. The development of applicants’ theoretical foundations in accounting and finance will enhance employment

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

opportunities for a career in a financerelated field. The course aims to provide applicants with the ability to synthesise information from different sources, contextual approaches, and different perspectives in order to solve complex problems and implement solutions. The international nature of today’s markets and reporting requirements mean that accounting and finance must be viewed from a global perspective. Your time with us will therefore be well spent as this course provides both theory and practice within an international context to enable the development of your skills as a postgraduate scholar. Accounting and finance must also be treated as international in context to ensure relevance both to accounting regulations and to the global economy. The course will be delivered at the historic Putteridge Bury management centre which is situated near Luton in a pleasant country location. Some specialist activities will take place at our Luton campus, Park Square. If you have an undergraduate degree in accounting, finance, economics or other related areas and want to further your academic aspirations in accounting and finance – especially with a view to developing your career – then this course will fit your requirements. Career opportunities This course is designed to prepare you for senior management through technical expertise in aspects of accounting and finance.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Many applicants will aspire to work in the capital markets of their country, whilst others will wish to work in specialist areas of accounting and finance such as corporate governance or financial reporting. Graduates of this course find career opportunities in: investment, banking institutions and insurance; audit and corporate governance; risk management; and financial and management accounting.

Areas of study include: Advances in corporate finance Corporate governance and accountability Advanced management accounting Quantitative and research methods Financial risk management International finance and markets Financial statement analysis and security valuation Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Syamarlah Rasaratnam: e: syamarlah.rasaratnam@ beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: Applicants should have a first degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects where numeracy features. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Accounting & Finance (MSc)

37


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics University of Bedfordshire 2013 38

Applied Linguistics (TEFL) (MA) Starts in: September (or February for part-time students only) Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice, 2 years part-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a good Honours degree and/or a recognised teaching qualification (eg CELTA). Applicants will ideally have some experience of Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL/ELT). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.5 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Students who hold a DELTA or Trinity Diploma, or equivalent qualification can be considered to have the teaching practice element of this course compensated, if they wish to.

non-native English speakers. For students with at least two years of experience, successful completion of the course will mean that you achieve Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) Q status (Q = fully qualified in British Council terms). Graduates who start the course without teaching experience will achieve TEFLi status on completion (i = initial). The course offers an excellent balance of theory and practice, and we focus on the real concerns of teachers working across the world. You will focus on areas such as the relationship between linguistics and learning English as a second or foreign language, the methodology and techniques of language teaching and the appropriateness and development of L2 materials. You will also examine various current issues in TEFL and have the opportunity to carry out a major piece of individual research on a topic of special interest. Career opportunities The MA Applied Linguistics (TEFL) will provide you with the advanced level practical classroom experience so valued by employers worldwide. You will also develop strong research skills and a critical understanding of relevant research. Opportunities exist to

Key features n You will benefit from the prolific and highly successful Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – led by Professor Cyril Weir, a worldfamous expert in language testing and programme evaluation n Invaluable

opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity

to gain professional practical experience with a workplacement programme

About the course This course is an advanced level professional qualification for practising and aspiring teachers of English and has been designed for both native and

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

teach in countries all over the world at universities, colleges or private language schools. Alternatively, you can continue your studies with us towards a PhD.

Areas of study include: The language system The language system and language teaching The methodology of language teaching Exploring research: concepts and methods Issues in TEFL (language teaching and learning theory) Issues in TEFL (teaching practice) Assessment and accreditation L2 materials development Opportunity to study a foreign language

To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni: t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds.ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/business

Rasel Howlader MA Applied Linguistics with TEFL student

I wanted to study Applied Linguistics with TEFL and this is the only university offering this combination. I now have a good command of the English language, which is attractive to employers. We also analyse language systems in-depth and find out how people learn English, enabling us to be effective teachers too.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

By Research in Business (MA/MSc) Starts in: Variable Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students

Key features n Research interests cover a broad spectrum of contemporary business issues n Work

with staff contributing at international level in their research areas

n Engage

with cutting-edge research methods and analysis

n Opportunities

to present at conferences and publish work in peer-reviewed journals

About the course The MA/MSc by Research in Business is designed for students who are interested in carrying out in-depth study in a specific area than is possible in taught postgraduate courses. The Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI) manages all of the research activity within the Business

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Our research has been rated as “internationally excellent� (RAE 2008)

School at the University of Bedfordshire and we offer a dynamic and flexible research environment. You will agree your MA/MSc by Research in Business course with a supervisor from the BMRI. You will be expected to undertake independent study in your chosen area of research as well as research methods. You will be required to participate in research student training courses organised by the Research Graduate School and by your research centre. You may also attend further classes (by agreement) but you will not normally be assessed in these. Assessment of the MA/MSc by Research will be by submission of a thesis (usually of around 15,000 to 30,000 words) followed by a presentation and oral examination. Within the BMRI the research interests of the members cover a broad range of research strands such as the Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA), the Centre for Research in ICT Business Applications (RICTA), the Centre for Advances in Marketing (please see BMRI website for further information: www.beds.ac.uk/research/bmri

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Career opportunities The MA/MSc by Research in Business is ideal for students who want to research topics relevant to their career goals, but who have limited time available. The course provides a route to higher degree research courses (MPhil/PhD offered at the University of Bedfordshire). Visit: www.bed.ac.uk/rgs to find out more.

Did you know? The University offers a full programme of training sessions for students on research degrees including automatic membership to its Research Student Support Group, which provides a forum for discussion on academic, social and administrative issues.

To find out more contact Kim Porter: t: +44 (0)1582 743 757 e: research@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree or substantial experience gained working in a relevant subject. You should also have a well-defined research project that is planned in outline before you begin your study; a high level of motivation; good organisational skills; focused thinking; and the ability to work largely on your own, with guidance from a supervisor. As part of the application process, the application form and related documents should be accompanied by a research proposal of about 1,000 words. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

39


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Corporate Law (LLM) Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in Law or equivalent. UK degree holders in disciplines other than law will be admitted if their degree contains sufficient and adequate legal content and on the basis of their individual results or other relevant professional experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n This course will encourage students to see ‘the bigger picture’ by introducing them to many different aspects of international trade law n This

will expand upon concepts taught on the EU law units and enable students on the course to build on the knowledge gained there

n You

will be taught by leading academics with industry experience approach distinguishes the course from others, and will produce students able to operate confidently at all three jurisdictional levels – national, European and global

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n This

About the course This is a new course with distinctive features. It combines traditional legal topics with other, non-legal, topics from the field of finance. It also provides you with a thorough grounding in EU law, but with value added. Much if not all of the UK’s trade law now derives from EU Regulations and Directives. Union law is also relevant for those wishing

40

www.beds.ac.uk 

to export out of the EU, and is vital for those wishing to import into the bloc, in particular if the imported product is likely to compete with any European rivals. Problem-based learning will form a key part of this course, with many seminars and assignments centred in imaginary scenarios, the student’s job being to advise the hypothetical plaintiff on how they might resolve the legal problem with which they are faced. Career opportunities On completing this course, graduates will be well placed to progress into the following areas: solicitor in England and Wales; barrister in England and Wales; paralegal; International finance institutions and organisations; finance/ banking; business; management consultant; corporate financier; academia; consultancy; legal executive; and the Government.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Areas of study include: Corporate governance Legal issues in European market integration Advances in corporate finance International finance and markets EU competition law International contracts Dissertation unit

To find out more contact Dr Richard Lang: t: +44 (0)1582 743 141 e: richard.lang@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or July Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year part-time September start. Four weeks intensive July start Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. An interview with the course manager may also be required. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Invaluable opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience n Opportunity

to gain a professional qualification in language teaching

n You

will receive guidance on how to look for TEFL/ELT positions in the UK and abroad

n In

our last British Council inspection, the qualifications of staff and facilities were highlighted as particular points of excellence

About the course This is a postgraduate course in English Language Teaching leading to a professional qualification (TEFLI status), comparable to a CELTA qualification. The Certificate in ELT aims at developing language teaching awareness and an integral part of this course is observed and assessed teaching practice sessions, and observation of experienced English Language teachers. This course is designed for people seeking teaching jobs in private schools or further education colleges in the UK and abroad. Trainees following the Certificate course come from a variety of different backgrounds: teachers wanting to add TEFL/ELT to their area of expertise

of Bedfordshire, in the Department of Language and Communication. The Certificate in ELT leads on to postgraduate study, in particular to the MA in Applied Linguistics TEFL.

Did you know? You will have the opportunity to develop your teaching experience, with our teaching practice studios, and our observed and assessed teaching practice sessions.

Areas of study include:

n Experienced

Lesson planning and lesson objectives

n Teachers

Grammar teaching

of English as a foreign language who need a formal qualification

n Newly

qualified graduates

n People

seeking a career change

Career opportunities Our graduates are teaching in schools, colleges, and language institutions in many countries across the world. Some are also employed in teaching Communication Skills at the University

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Certificate in ELT (Teaching English as a Foreign Language)

L2 materials development One-to-one teaching and classroom teaching Assessment CLT ideas Teaching vocabulary Using audio/visual aids Classroom management Teaching receptive skills Teaching productive skills

To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni: t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

The learner-centred approach

41


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

ELT Management (MA) Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice. 2 years part-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, and/or relevant teaching experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.5 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Students who hold a DELTA or Trinity Diploma, or equivalent qualification can be considered to have the teaching practice element of this course compensated, if they wish to. Key features n You will benefit from the prolific and highly successful Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – led by Professor Cyril Weir, a worldfamous expert in language testing and programme evaluation

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Invaluable

42

opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity

to gain professional practical experience with a workplacement programme

About the course This MA in ELT Management is specifically designed for Continuing Professional Development (CPD) as it caters for those who want to become directors of studies/ managers of ELT/language teaching and learning centres/institutions. Unlike most TEFL/ELT courses at Master’s level in the UK, students www.beds.ac.uk 

following this MA course will have an opportunity to gain a better understanding of management in the language teaching and learning (ELT and TEFL) industry. This is an interdisciplinary course that combines a wide range of areas drawing from the field of language teaching and learning, that of teacher training and that of business and management in an international context. The culmination of the course consists of a single Dissertation/Project. This unit is based on independent work and focuses on original research and on the application of knowledge to inform the investigation of problems and move towards resolution of them. For those students who would like to develop their work experience further, we are also offering them a new optional Professional Practice unit, which allows students to explore the practical issues relevant to their field of study in a professional/working environment of their own choosing. This may involve also working in a language teaching and learning institution abroad. Career opportunities Our graduates take up careers in the management of language/ELT recognised centres such as universities, colleges, and language schools in many countries across the world. This can be either in the private or public sector. There is also the option to undertake PhD study here in various areas related to both business/management and language teaching and learning.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Did you know? You will have the opportunity to develop your teaching experience, with our teaching practice studios, and our observed and assessed teaching practice sessions.

Areas of study include: The methodology of language teaching Exploring research: concepts and methods Issues in TEFL (teaching practice) Assessment and accreditation L2 materials development Business communication Financial analysis Marketing Managing people Opportunity to study a foreign language

To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni: t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should hold a first degree or equivalent in any aspect of Engineering, Science or a related discipline. Students without a first degree but with professional and vocational experience (Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Chartered Engineer (CEng) status may be considered subject to demonstrating the potential to succeed. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Designed to help engineering and technical graduates develop specialist skills and knowledge in engineering, manufacturing, operations and project management

future-focused engineering businesses. The course incorporates critical topics including lean operations, six sigma quality management, technology management and production systems management. You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decisionmaking skills to reach feasible, realistic solutions. All courses in the MBM Suite can be converted into an MBA when you have gained three years of business experience by undertaking credit-bearing projects totalling to 90 credits. These projects can be undertaken using supported learning while you are in employment over a period of up to two years. Career opportunities On successful completion of the MSc Engineering Business Management you will be well placed to pursue a career in engineering-based organisations in the public or private sector.

Areas of study include: Production systems management (lean manufacturing focus) Strategic technology management Project management Operations management Financial analysis Risk and quality management (six sigma focus) Contract and procurement management Management of operations Managing people Applied management project

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Engineering Business Management (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Nigel Williams: t: +44 (0)1582 743 730 e: nigel.williams@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

n Opportunity

to gain an additional qualification, PRINCE 2 learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional conference-style learning environment

About the course The MSc Engineering Business Management is a specialist Master’s course which will enable you to become a knowledgeable and effective manager in a knowledge-based global economy. The approach will be not just multidisciplinary but also international, and will enable critical thinking and creativity in analysis, synthesis and appraisal. The course takes a holistic view of engineering systems and incorporates critical areas for building and managing

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Our interactive teaching and learning enables you to discuss real case studies to evaluate Engineering management practices

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Collaborative

43


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Intercultural Communication (MA) Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street, and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time (available for UK students only) Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree or substantial professional experience in a relevant field. Applicants who have significant work experience or qualifications that differ from the above, but which nevertheless could be a basis for further study, may be invited for interview. You do not need prior training in intercultural communication, linguistics or communication, but should be interested in language, culture and communication. If you do not have an Honours degree but have relevant work experience, please contact the course manager. Candidates who are non-native speakers of English will need to have an English proficiency level of at least IELTS 6.5 or CAE Grade B (or equivalent). Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The University is the national centre for the European Social Fund Project, Language and Culture for Business – so you will benefit from the resources and expertise this brings, as well as from a highly experienced teaching team

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Institutional

44

membership of the Society for Intercultural Education Training and Research (SIETAR) is available to students

n Highly

regarded visiting professors, including Charles Hampden-Turner and Alan Barrell, and professional trainers from organisations such as SIETAR visit the University as guest speakers

About the course This innovative course was the first of its kind in the UK, and provides in-depth training in intercultural communication, drawing on the latest developments

www.beds.ac.uk 

in linguistic and psychological theory. The focus on cultural diversity and communication issues will develop your ability to analyse and explain cultural differences in language use and in intercultural interactions, and to design effective intercultural training programmes. You will also examine and critically evaluate theories and research findings relating to communication across cultures. Together with the core topics in intercultural communication, you may choose pathways to suit your interests and career ambitions in areas such as management, marketing and public relations, travel and tourism, and Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL). (For those wishing to take options from the TEFL pathway, previous experience in this area is expected). Differences in the way we communicate can affect interpersonal and intercultural relations. With the help of business and education case studies, you will learn how perceived cultural differences can be analysed and notions of miscommunication and negative stereotyping can be minimised.

such as international business, aid agencies, local authority service providers, and education. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Did you know? This course is the first of its kind in the UK and provides in-depth training in intercultural communication, drawing on the latest developments in linguistic and psychological theory.

Areas of study include: Cultural diversity and change Exploring research concepts and methods The communication process Language and intercultural relations

The course will also teach you how to design, implement and effectively evaluate intercultural training programmes, equipping you with the practical and professional skills of the trainer/adviser. This will enable you to address contemporary issues affecting today’s multicultural societies, both nationally and internationally.

Intercultural training

Career opportunities By successfully completing the MA in Intercultural Communication, you will gain skills that are highly valued by employers worldwide, and you will be able to draw on empirical evidence to explain how linguistic and cultural factors can influence the effectiveness of communication and the appropriate management of relationships. You will have the knowledge, understanding and experience to help deal effectively with cultural diversity issues in areas

International marketing (optional)

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

The methodology of language teaching (optional) Issues in TEFL (optional) Professional practice (optional) International tourism (optional) Managing people (optional) Public relations (optional) International relations (optional)

To find out more contact Tricia Smart: t: +44 (0)1582 743 205 e: tricia.smart@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in Law or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The School of Law has been commended by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA), which was impressed by the way students praised the quality of teaching n We

endeavour to stretch students’ experiences beyond simply the academic stage of training future lawyers

As well as developing an in-depth knowledge of the rules of law and legal processes relevant to international transactions, you will also have an opportunity to study specialist subject areas, such as international aviation law. Our experienced and supportive teaching team will also help increase your use of independent and original thinking on legal matters, as well as your oral and written communication skills. The course is aimed at those who wish to pursue a legal career in business or commerce, but will also be relevant for those wishing to practise in any legal environment. Career opportunities On successful completion of the LLM International Commercial Law, you will be equipped with the skills, knowledge and confidence to pursue a career in law.

Areas of study include: International alternative dispute resolution International aviation law Corporate governance and company law International contracts LLM dissertation

To find out more contact Konstantinos Sergakis: t: +44 (0)1582 743 880 e: konstantinos.sergakis@ beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

International Commercial Law (LLM)

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

n We

offer a rich and diverse learning environment that will equip you for the modern commercial world teaching team has substantial experience in lecturing to international audiences, as well as working as consultants to international clients

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Our

About the course With the growth of international trade and commerce, a good understanding of international commercial law is essential for anyone intending to practise in an international business environment. This course offers the opportunity to study a vibrant area of law and to develop a range of complementary skills. It is designed to focus on international commercial legal matters, and uses contemporary examples and real-world commercial situations to foster understanding.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

45


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

International Finance & Banking (MSc) Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton, with some specialist activities taking place at the Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2), or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects, again where numeracy features. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Career opportunities This course is designed to prepare you for senior management through the development of technical expertise in aspects of the banking and finance industry. Many applicants will aspire to work in the capital markets of their home countries, while others will wish to work in specialist areas of banking and finance. The international nature of the banking and finance industry makes this course highly desirable for those with an ambition to succeed in the industry.

Areas of study include:

n We

Quantitative and research methods

n The

course was developed through consultation with professionals in the banking and finance industry

n We

University of Bedfordshire 2013

The course will be delivered through lectures, seminars and expert visiting speakers, and will also involve visits to the institutions that you are studying. Our tutors have many years of experience in finance and banking and have excellent expertise in the area.

Key features n Mix with other postgraduate students from around the world have excellent contacts within the Securities and Investments Institute (SII)

46

banking centres are easily accessible – giving you real-world resources to aid your learning.

are located close to the City of London for study and placement opportunities

n The

teaching team is an international group that has presented at conferences throughout the world

About the course This new course is designed to build on your undergraduate skills in finance. If you have an undergraduate degree in accounting, finance, economics or other related areas and want to learn more about international finance and banking – especially with a view to developing your career – this course will fit your requirements. London’s finance and

www.beds.ac.uk 

Banking and financial intermediation Advances in corporate finance Corporate banking International finance and markets Financial statement analysis and security valuation Foundation of investment theories Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Mingru Sun: t: +44 (0) 1234 400 400 (ext. 2109) e: m  ingru.sun@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time* or 18 months Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n All assessments take place within the University and there are no external examinations n Mix

with other postgraduate students in a unique environment

n The

course adopts a blended learning approach, combining use of up-to-date e-Media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources

About the course There is a growing recognition that an organisation’s success is critically dependent upon effective management of its employees. Whether in the competitive world of commercial business or the changing and challenging context of the public and not-for-profit sector, it is increasingly vital to have skilled, committed and empowered employees who gain satisfaction from meeting the goals of the organisation. To achieve this is not easy – professional human resource management practitioners can play a vital role in bringing their special expertise to bear on the challenges presented. This course gives you the opportunity to develop as an HR practitioner from an international perspective, able

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

to provide a high level of practical expertise and contribute effectively to the achievement of successful human resource management. It will enable you to explore the research and debates about human resource management practices that are fundamental to organisations in contemporary society, as well as attempting to answer the critical questions posed. You will assess current thinking within this rapidly developing field at both operational and strategic levels. You will develop a strategic view of human resource management, and learn to recognise the key people-management implications of corporate goals and problems, analyse data using relevant techniques and knowledge, and to develop action plans for practical implementation. Through a blend of studying key ideas and theories, case study work and practical investigation of business situations, you will develop the expertise to make an invaluable contribution to effective organisational management. Career opportunities On successful completion of this course you will be well placed to pursue a career as a professional human resource practitioner in areas such as employee resourcing, training and development, employment relations and reward management.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. There is also 18 months option where students will have the opportunity to go on a work placement if they wish.

Areas of study include: International business environment Human side of management Introduction to human resource management Communication in business Comparative human resource management Employee engagement Personnel resourcing Human resource development Engaging with research Applied human resource management project

To find out more contact Dr Samar Baddar: t: +44 (0)1582 743 941 e: samar.baddar@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

Ahmad Awais MA International Human Resource Management student (Pakistan)

This course has given me the confidence to get to grips with the HR field, and I think the most important thing that this course has instilled is the ability to critically evaluate and solve HR-related problems in an academic and organisational setting.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

International Human Resource Management (MA)

47


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

International Relations (MA) Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street and Putteridge Bury campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 18 months with internship, 2 years part-time (EU/ UK students only) Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Ideally you should have an Honours degree. You do not need prior training in international relations but should be interested in the area of international relations or international business environments. Alternatively you may have substantial professional experience in a relevant field (typically three years or more). Applicants who have significant work experience or qualifications that differ from the above, but which nevertheless could be a basis for further study, may be invited for interview. Please contact the course manager for further information. Candidates who are non-native speakers of English will need to have an English proficiency level of at least IELTS 6.0. Key features n Explore international relations in an interdisciplinary manner reflecting the true nature of international institutions and organisations today n Gain

professional practical experience with a work placement programme

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Work

48

within a department with a proven record for excellence in research and student achievement, and have the opportunity to take your studies further to PhD level

n You

will have the added opportunity to study a foreign language to enhance your skills profile

About the course The MA International Relations, both in content and method of delivery is innovative and creative as well as having a strong focus on employability. The growth of NGOs, in numbers and influence on the world stage, the internationalisation of industry and all areas of business, the multi-

www.beds.ac.uk 

cultural communities comprised of both economic migrants and refugees globally, makes knowledge of international relations an imperative for graduates who want to work internationally or engage in international issues at home, whether they be in political, economic, or business arenas. The course is interdisciplinary, combining IR studies with cultural studies, and addresses the need for intercultural competence in all international situations. This is now of paramount importance as both politics and culture integrate to shape economic, technological, demographic and social justice concerns. The delivery of the course is a combination of traditional lectures, workshops and tutorials together with practical experience and the opportunity to engage in meaningful research addressing ‘real world’ issues by gathering both primary and secondary data in their research projects. The Department of Language and Communication has a proven record of research and to further this emphasis on expanding research, the Department holds a series of plenary lectures from academics, visiting scholars, and PhD students from universities around the UK as well as speakers from NGOs, Aid Agencies, and Think Tanks. To further emphasise the importance of this multidisciplinary approach, you may choose three option units from a variety of disciplines such as Linguistics, International Marketing, Finance and Globalisation, Law and the Media. While some units such as Law and PR are an extension of previous studies or expertise, other units such as those from Linguistics, International Marketing or Finance and Globalisation and Social Media are open to all students and require no prior knowledge or expertise. However combined with the core units from the MA these will increase your employability. The culmination of this MA is your dissertation in which you will explore a topic of your own choosing but relevant to international relations through a variety of research methods.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Career opportunities The MA International Relations (IR) provides you with the knowledge and skills to work internationally in a wide variety of institutions and organisations. The scope of studies in IR is broad but always includes a strong emphasis on debate, free enquiry and curiosity. Today with the growing need to understand the basis of international exchange in all walks of life, studies in IR reach out to other disciplines such as anthropology, cultural studies, economics, business, sociology, geography, history, law or literature. Typically students in IR will work for NGOs, government and local authority institutions; international business, education and the media.

Areas of study include: Areas of study include International relations (IR theory and international institutions) International relations (globalisation, conflict and reform) Cultural diversity and change Exploring research Professional practice Linguistics and TEFL (option) International finance (option) Management (option) International law (option) Marketing and PR (option) Social media (option)

To find out more contact Tricia Smart: t: +44 (0)1582 743 205 e: tricia.smart@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be considered on individual merits. Applicants will need a Second Class Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, or business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects, where numeracy features. Certain areas within the business domain will be excluded as having insufficient numeracy; for example marketing and human resource management. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

About the course The broad aims of this course are to enable you to be an effective investment and finance analyst in a range of organisations. The technical knowledge gained from this course will enhance your decisionmaking ability through the application of technical and analytical investment and financial tools to complex finance issues. You will be able to analyse and implement solutions to equity investment and portfolio management problems including issues raised in equity risk management and equity markets. The practical approach of the course ensures a strong vocational foundation for careers in finance. Investment and finance are also studied in an international context to provide the necessary foundations for a career in the global economy. During the course of your studies you will be developing your knowledge, skills and wider attributes. This MSc course delivers a broad range of investment techniques and financial analytical tools used widely by investment professionals.

Key features n The course provides the necessary foundation for graduates who are preparing for a career in investment and security analysis or portfolio analysis

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are well placed to find career opportunities in: finance and investment including banking institutions and insurance; audit and corporate governance; risk management and corporate finance.

Areas of study include: Financial statement analysis and security valuation Foundations of investment Investment analysis and portfolio management Financial risk management International finance and markets

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Investment & Finance (MSc)

Advances in corporate finance Quantitative and research methods Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Walter Mkumbuzi: t: +44 (0)1582 743 742 e: walter.mkumbuzi@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

technical knowledge gained from this course is enhanced by the application and integration of theory and practice within the decision context

n The

development of applicants’ foundations in the theory and practice of finance will enhance employment opportunities

n The

course provides applicants with the ability to synthesise information from different sources, contextual approaches and perspectives, and to apply financial models in order to solve complex corporate finance and other equity market issues

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Assessment will be carried out using a mixture of approaches including written essay, group work, and oral presentations to name just a few

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

49


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Logistics & Supply Chain Management (MSc) Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should hold a first degree. Consideration will be given to mature applicants with lower level qualifications, but with substantial (three years or more) relevant management experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The course enables graduates to develop specialist knowledge and skills in logistics and supply chain management to enhance their employability n You

will be taught by staff from the Operations and Knowledge Management Research Group learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional conference-style learning environment

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Collaborative

50

n Opportunities

to interact with guest speakers from industries and have site visits to major logistics centres

About the course In recent years, logistics and supply chain management have been recognised as important management approaches and strategies to increase an organisation’s operational effectiveness and gain competitive advantage. The course aims to develop your knowledge and skills, to manage contemporary logistics and supply chains effectively in various industry sectors, whilst evaluating the issues in www.beds.ac.uk 

Undertake collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional, conference-style learning environment

managing logistics and supply chains within the trend of globalisation. The course also aims to ensure you have a critical awareness of legal, social and environmental issues faced by modern logistics organisations. It will equip you with the skills to optimise supply chain and logistics management decisions at operational, tactical and strategic levels in the fast changing business environment. It will also introduce you to the current best practices of modern businesses around the world in managing their supply chain and logistics operations. It will help you to gain a critical insight into current logistics and supply chain management practice within a variety of environments, and how supply chains are managed locally, nationally and over international boundaries. You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills to reach feasible, realistic solutions. Career opportunities On successful completion of the course, you will have developed skills valued by employers worldwide. The course’s focus on contemporary concepts within the area of supply chain management, operations management and logistics means you will have the up-to-date and relevant knowledge to pursue a career

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

in areas such as logistics management, supply chain management, procurement management, inventory management, consultancy, and quality management.

Areas of study include: Supply chain management Operations management Logistics management Financial analysis Project management Contract and procurement management Sustainable logistics and supply chain management Digital business management Business research methods Applied management project

To find out more contact Dr Qile He: t: +44 (0)1582 489 252 e: qile.he@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in one of the following areas: marketing; advertising; public relations; media studies or business (with some marketing focus); or other cognate discipline eg psychology. Exceptional entry for mature students is available for applicants who can demonstrate their ability to study at this level and/or have considerable experience in the field of marketing communications. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Excellent reputation for teaching n Teaching

and research staff with industry experience

critical knowledge of brand management and buyer behaviour. The teaching team includes researchers and staff with extensive industry experience and there may also be active involvement of practitioners in the course. You will benefit from lectures and ‘live’ assignments from UK agencies and brand owners which will help to prepare you for employment on completion of the course. Career opportunities On successful completion of this course you will be able to propose and implement strategies addressing brand, and target customer and media issues that acknowledge and involve internal and external stakeholders. Your ability to produce and justify a creative integrated marketing communications plan will be invaluable to employers worldwide. The cutting-edge knowledge and expertise you will acquire will allow you to pursue a career in the marketing communications sectors of advertising, public relations, direct marketing, or in client-side strategic brand management. Roles include: account executive; advertising account planner; PR officer; PR event manager; direct marketing creatives; mailing house manager; media buyer; and brand manager.

Areas of study include: Marketing communications Brand management and research Marketing communications and society Public relations issues Integrated marketing Advertising Interactive and direct marketing Current issues in marketing communications Dissertation

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Marketing Communications (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Annie Danbury: t: +44 (0)1582 743 037 e: annie.danbury@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

n Emphasis

on building student employability skills with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment

About the course There is a focus on developing your knowledge and understanding in three areas of integrated marketing communications systems: public relations, advertising, and interactive and direct marketing. A key theme and driving force of the course is the concept of integration, both at an organisational level (integrated marketing) and at a campaign level (integrated marketing communications). The course is practical in nature enabling you to develop your skills in creating marketing communications, campaign planning and evaluation, and acquire a T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Vishal Mehta MSc Marketing Communications student

I really enjoy the course. It centres on how marketing communications are used worldwide. The academics are experts in their fields and provide the most up-to-date knowledge in the area, which we can use in our studies and apply to situations in the real world.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Mix

51


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Project Management (MSc) Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years parttime, or 3-4 years by distance learning Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree, or equivalent. Exceptionally, students may be admitted with evidence of previous advanced study and significant management experience, which the University accepts as qualifying the applicant for entry. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The course is accredited by the Association for Project Management and also reflects areas of knowledge specified by the Project Management Institute n Opportunity

to put theory into practice via the delivery of a real project for a client Project Management Foundation and Practitioner training available

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n PRINCE2

52

About the course The course will develop your knowledge and skills to manage projects effectively in the commercial, public and voluntary sector. Its content has been developed with reference to the project management professional bodies and with input from project management specialists from a range of organisations, ensuring the course reflects current and best practice. The management of complex projects can be challenging and requires a multidisciplinary skill set including planning and resource management but also soft skills, such as interpersonal and leadership skills. The course covers a range of study areas to reflect the responsibilities of today’s project manager. It includes managing projects for today’s global companies over international boundaries. Real case studies are used to evaluate project management practice through discussion in seminars and workshops. The course will provide students with access to PRINCE2 training, giving you an additional professional qualification that is attractive to employers. Career opportunities This course will give you a valuable qualification that is attractive to employers as project management professionals are in demand. The course is open to graduates of all disciplines seeking to develop a career in project

management. Managers wishing to develop their career with the addition of project management expertise will benefit from the course. Graduates from the course will have the flexibility to work in a range of organisations, as a manager, project manager or in a consultancy capacity.

Areas of study include: Project entrepreneurship Contract and procurement management Project management tools and techniques Risk and quality management The human side of management Financial analysis Project (delivery of a real client project) Business research methods Applied management research project or dissertation

To find out more contact Dr David Owen: t: +44 (0)1582 793 227 e: david.owen@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

Milda Ratkelyte MSc Project Management graduate (now working as an energy sector project manager for Terrapinn, a business conference producer based in Singapore)

The course is well-coordinated and the academic team has been great. The highlight for me was passing PRINCE2 training – it has given me the confidence to deal with risk assessment and quality assurance matters. As part of the course, I organised a fundraising event where I faced many genuine project management issues which were mostly related to HR.

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton (full-time) or Luton campus, Park Square (part-time) Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, in a relevant discipline such as marketing, advertising, public relations, media studies or business (with a strong marketing focus), or other cognate discipline. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Exceptional entry for mature students on either study mode is available for applicants who can demonstrate their ability to study at this level and/or have considerable experience in the field of public relations, marketing or marketing communications. Key features n Mix with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment n Emphasis

on building student employability skills

n Benefit

from links with leading UK agencies in public relations

About the course Throughout the course you will develop a deep theoretical knowledge of the place of public relations in society and, in the context of an integrated approach to marketing communications, as a fundamental tool of reputation management. In addition, you will build practical skills in public relations through engagement with current industry practice informed by leading practitioners. These

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

theoretical and applied polarities of the course are distinctive features and lead to high levels of employability or form the basis of further postgraduate study. The course teaches an integrated approach to marketing and marketing communications, with public relations ‘earning its keep’ and justifying its place at the heart of corporate management. It encourages the inquisitive, rewards the hard-working and builds skills for those intending to further their careers at a high level in public relations. Throughout, it stresses critical thinking, reflective practice and self-reliance – all of which are characteristics expected of today’s senior public relations practitioners. It develops skills in campaign planning and evaluation which are firmly rooted in understanding ‘the brand’, whether discrete or corporate. It will develop key transferable skills of imagination and creativity, effective teamwork, communication, decision making and critical self-awareness – all of which are core skills demanded by 21st century employers. The part-time delivery option is aimed primarily at those currently working in the public relations, marketing or marketing communications industries. It will normally be run as a separate stream to the full-time option. In the case of MA Public Relations part-time, lectures and workshops will normally run on Wednesday evenings and occasional Saturdays (morning and afternoon). Delivery will be at the Luton campus, Park Square. Career opportunities On successful completion of this course you will have a sensitive understanding of developments in the media and the ability to use this understanding to develop effective multi-faceted public relations campaigns. You will be ideally placed to develop a career in public relations or within an integrated marketing communications discipline, whether in consultancy or in an in-house corporate function. Public relations is in great demand in today’s society in a

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

variety of spheres, including industry, commerce, government, the voluntary and service sectors – indeed anywhere there is a need to communicate or defend the activities of an organisation. Post-experience students successfully completing the part-time course will improve their opportunities to move into or be promoted within public relations roles at their existing employers or others in the fields of public relations, marketing or marketing communications.

Did you know? You will be taught by leading experts in public relations who have years of extensive industry experience, including Neville Hunt, who was awarded the prestigious Norman Manners PR Professional of the Year Award 2008.

Areas of study include: Public relations issues Media relations Social media and public relations Employee relations Crisis management Integrated marketing Marketing communications and society

To find out more contact Neville Hunt: t: +44 (0)1582 743 254 e: neville.hunt@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Public Relations (MA)

53


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) n Graduates

Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square or Bedford campus Duration: 2-3 years part-time. Attendance is between one and three evenings per week, depending on the combination of subjects chosen Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: The minimum entry requirement is two A Levels and three GCSEs or their equivalent. These need to be in five separate subjects including English and Maths. For more information, please refer to: www.accaglobal.com Key features n Students can sit papers flexibly to fit individual requirements n Study

groups are not too large and there is individual attention to improve your abilities

n Boost

career and earnings potential

n Taught

on a part-time basis to fit with existing work and personal commitments

n Led

by an experienced and passionate academic team

can demonstrate their value to current and future employers

About the course The ACCA course leads to the skills and knowledge papers for the ACCA qualification that is essential for anyone wishing to pursue a senior managerial position in accounting or finance. On completion of this course, you will be able to apply for senior level positions in the industry. The course is designed for people who are already working in the accounting or finance industry, who wish to further their career by professional qualification, or who wish to enter the profession. You may have completed the Association of Accounting Technicians (AAT) or Certified Accounting Technician (CAT) qualification and wish to take the next step, or may be entering the profession for the first time. We will be offering the new fundamentals stage of the ACCA study, which consists of three knowledge and six skills papers. Career opportunities This course aims to prepare you for senior management through technical expertise in accounting and finance.

The ACCA qualification will equip you to advance in management accounting, financial accounting and reporting, taxation, auditing, and general financial management. This qualification adds value to your experience and enables you to demonstrate your capability to perform at a high level in the accounting and finance industry. On completion of the course you will have up to nine of the skills and knowledge papers required for the ACCA qualification. To find out more visit: http://uob.cc/acca-course

Areas of study include: Knowledge papers F1 Accountant in business F2 Management accounting F3 Financial accounting Skills papers F4 Corporate and business law F5 Performance management F6 Taxation F7 Financial reporting F8 Audit and assurance

University of Bedfordshire 2013

F9 Financial management

54

To find out more contact Larry Teh (Bedford course manager): t: +44 (0)1234 793 066 e: larry.teh@beds.ac.uk Deborah Maguire (Luton course manager): e: deborah.maguire@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business The possession of the ACCA qualification adds value to your experience and enables you to demonstrate your capability to perform at a high level

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


(Law and Local Government options) Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates’ command of the written and spoken languages should be equal to the standard of a BA Honours language degree. Students must be able to switch between the two languages easily, transferring ideas and concepts between them. Candidates should indicate the language they are offering and which Public Service Option they prefer (Local Government or Law). We welcome applications from students with ethnically diverse backgrounds, mature students and international students. The University supports a widening participation, open access agenda and encourages applicants with non-standard qualifications. All applicants will be invited for a brief interview before being offered a place on the course. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants

to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Tutors on the course are qualified and experienced interpreters n You

will have the support of a language tutor who is a qualified interpreter

n Speakers

from the appropriate sector play a prominent role in the course and visits are arranged to institutions within that sector

About the course The Public Service Interpreting Diploma is offered in two subject areas: Law and Local Government. The Diploma in Public Service Interpreting (DPSI) is nationally recognised award and provides evidence of the ability to interpret between providers and users of the public services, such as the law and the NHS, who do not share a common language.

time, prepares the student to work in one of three public service sectors, law, health or local government. (Law and Local Government are the only options offered at the University of Bedfordshire.) Speakers from the appropriate sector play a prominent role in the course. Students will work closely with course tutors and language tutors, who are all qualified interpreters. The skills acquired by the students during the course include consecutive and simultaneous interpreting, sight translation, written translation, notetaking skills. In addition, students will gain knowledge of ethical and professional practice skills related to the role of the public service interpreter. Career opportunities Past students are working in a range of jobs in the public sector, such as legal services and the NHS. Holders of the DPSI can apply for membership of the National Register of Public Service Interpreters. This register is used by public services to recruit interpreters at local, regional and national levels.

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Public Service Interpreting Diploma (DPSI)

The course focuses on the theory and practice of interpreting and, at the same

Areas of study include:

The skills acquired on the DPSI course are valuable in any work situation which involves interpersonal communication. At the University of Bedfordshire’s Language Centre, where our DPSI course is delivered, you can benefit from excellent facilities for group and individual practice, which will help you develop and improve your language and communication skills in general, and your interpreting and translation skills, in particular.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

English language suite

To find out more contact Dr Vladimir Zegarac via the Course Administrator, Joanne Glass: t: +44 (0)1582 743 750 e: joanne.glass@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Dr Vladimir Zegarac

55


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Executive (MBA) Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton and overseas centres Duration: 2 years part-time involving an induction, plus eight workshops each year, and online programmes Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree in any discipline and a minimum of two years of management experience. Entry to the course is available for applicants without a degree but with management experience who demonstrate an ability to meet the intellectual demands of the course. Our Executive MBA students have an average age of 34 years and an average of 10 years of work experience. Key features n An internationally recognised degree n Mix

with other experienced managers

n Opportunities

to attend highprofile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub and hear from external speakers

n Our

weekend tutoring with supported learning materials enables flexibility for busy lifestyles

n We

offer innovative learning materials and a course structure to maximise personal and strategic management development opportunities

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Our

56

MBA is delivered worldwide and there may be possibilities for international day schools/networking events

About the course The University of Bedfordshire Business School’s 20 years’ experience of teaching the Executive MBA has identified that practising managers have many motivations for embarking on the course. These include accelerated advancement in their chosen profession; a change of career direction; a desire to start their own business; acquisition of cutting-edge business skills and the ability to apply them more effectively.

www.beds.ac.uk 

By undertaking MBA study at the University, you signal your commitment to an existing or future employer by taking charge of your career and by building strategic skills in readiness for increased management responsibility. Like the full-time MBA, the Executive MBA combines core disciplines with innovative subject areas such as entrepreneurship and leadership to understand the ‘big picture’ of business life and underpin career success in strategic management and leadership in the commercial and public sectors.

Career opportunities Executive MBA students come from a range of sectors and organisational backgrounds including manufacturing; information technology; retail and services; healthcare; the commercial and public sectors; and both large and smallto medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). The Executive MBA is a career accelerator and our experience shows that you will progress by applying your learning to your personal and professional life.

The Executive MBA is taught on the basis of supported learning with the use of resources such as study guides and podcasts, and a live online classroom that combines traditional contact with lecturers with the use of new media. With the academic groundwork undertaken through selfdirected individual and group study, the traditional, face-to-face sessions become focused ‘quality time’ for critical discussion and application of business and management models to real-life business problems.

Areas of study include:

You will complete two projects during the course: one focused on leadership and the other a case study that integrates your previous learning. We require all students to have a minimum of two years of management experience, so you will be able to network with, and learn from, other experienced managers.

Thriving in a competitive global context

Executive MBA graduates have automatic entitlement to membership of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), which offers regular regional meetings with keynote speakers, networking opportunities and online access to a management resource centre. While studying your MBA you will be able to attend our Knowledge Network meetings where business professionals meet to share their knowledge and experience, and listen to presentations from guest speakers. We also have an active Alumni Association, which offers further networking opportunities.

To find out more contact Tim Priestman: t: +44 (0)1582 743 972 e: tim.priestman@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Leading and managing people Accounting for leaders Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment Mobilising creativity and innovation Operations and project management Strategy Entrepreneurship and small business management

Leadership project Integrated management project

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Executive MBA (Healthcare) The Executive MBA (Healthcare) consists of core units of the Executive MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals. During the course you will study:

Students can select two options from the following:

n Leading

n Information

people

and managing

n Accounting

for leaders

systems for hospital and health services

n Marketing

n Health

n Governance

n Perspectives

n Operations

n Leading

products and services in a dynamic environment and ethics for healthcare and project management

n Strategy n Leadership n Integrated

project

project

management

economics: commissioning and providing for quality on public health and patient safety learning in healthcare environments

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited.

Executive MBA (Information Technology Management) The Executive MBA (Information Technology Management) consists of core units of the Executive MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.

n Leading

people

and managing

n Accounting

for leaders

n Marketing

products and services in a dynamic environment

n Maximising

impact from emerging technologies

n Operations

and project management

n Strategy

n Leadership n Integrated

project

project

management

These courses focus on enabling you to work more productively with people at work in a dynamic environment

Students can select two options from the following: n Project

management methodologies

n Information

strategy

n Managing

University of Bedfordshire 2013

During the course you will study:

systems

data

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited.

To find out more about these courses contact Tim Priestman – see page 56

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

57


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Human Resource Management (MSc)

Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited

Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 2 years part-time, Wednesday 1pm-5.30pm Open to: UK students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. This course is open to home students only. Students must be currently engaged in, or have significant relevant experience in an HR role. All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English. Applicants who have already attained their postgraduate diploma may be eligible to ‘top up’ their studies to gain the MSc Human Resource Management by undertaking just one taught unit and a dissertation.

n Mix

Career opportunities On successful completion of this course you will be well placed to enhance your career as a professional human resource practitioner in areas such as employee resourcing, training and development, employment relations and reward management.

n The

The course enables you to gain Full Membership of the Chartered Institute

Key features n The course is accredited by the CIPD but all assessment takes place within the University and there are no external examinations with other postgraduate students in a unique environment

University of Bedfordshire 2013

course adopts a blended learning approach, combining up-to-date use of electronic media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources

58

This dynamic course gives you the opportunity to develop as a professional practitioner, able to provide a high level of practical expertise towards achieving successful human resource management. You will assess current thinking at both operational and strategic levels. You will develop a strategic view of human resource management, learning to recognise the key people management implications of corporate goals and problems to analyse data using relevant techniques and knowledge, and to develop action plans for practical implementation. Through a blend of studying key ideas and theories, case study work and practical investigation of business situations, you will develop the professional expertise to make an invaluable contribution to effective organisational management.

About the course There is a growing recognition that an organisation’s success is critically dependent upon effective management of its employees. Whether in the competitive world of commercial business, or the changing and challenging context of the public and not-for-profit sector, it is increasingly vital to have skilled, committed and empowered employees who gain satisfaction from meeting the goals of the organisation. To achieve this is not easy – professional human resource management practitioners play a vital role in bringing their special expertise to bear on the challenges presented. www.beds.ac.uk 

of Personnel and Development, which is becoming essential for career progression within this professional field.

Areas of study include: The human side of management Business environment and performance People resourcing Employee reward Learning and development Employee relations People management and development Research methods

To find out more contact Caroline Bolam: t: +44 (0)1582 743 268 e: caroline.bolam@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

Assess current thinking within this rapidly developing field, at both operational and strategic levels

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


provides a career progression route onto the MSc in HRM

Location: Bedford campus Duration: 2 years part-time. Attendance is required for one afternoon and evening (the same day) per week. Some weekend attendance is also required for skills development workshops Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: Entry onto the course is by application form and formal interview. You must be currently employed in human resources, or in a line management/supervisory role or related area. If you do not have formal qualifications you will be invited to show evidence that you are likely to make a contribution to, and benefit from, the course and be able to meet the assessment criteria. In most cases it will be sufficient to show capability in basic mathematics and written English, computer literacy, and considerable and varied experience of work in an office environment. A level or similar qualifications will help support a case for admission but is not essential. You will be expected to work in groups on given tasks and show willingness to undertake necessary and directed research. Applicants holding degree qualifications in a business-related discipline will normally be admitted to the course. Those holding such qualifications in other disciplines should normally also have significant experience of work in an office environment, preferably in a human resources role. Applicants who have achieved the Certificate in Personnel Practice or a similar qualification will normally be admitted to the course. Key features n The course provides a dual award to be achieved (PgDipHRM from the University of Bedfordshire and an Advanced Level Diploma in HRM from CIPD) n It

provides a professional route to CIPD membership for business professionals and graduates

n The

course is taught on a part-time basis to fit in with your existing work commitments

n You

will experience learning (and networking) in the company of other HR practitioners and enhance your knowledge and understanding of HR issues within the public, private and not-for-profit employment sectors

About the course The human resources profession is changing; it is more business-focused, more internationally oriented and adds more value for employers than ever before. This course will provide students with essential knowledge, understanding and skills required to be effective HR practitioners. Through critical analysis and investigation they will develop an understanding of the business and international context within which HR operates, as well as the role of HR in driving organisational performance. This course will also provide students with eligibility for membership into the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development the professional body for those involved in the management and development of people. The postgraduate diploma is aimed at those who are looking to progress to a management-level position and beyond within the personnel and development sector. The course will develop your practical skills and widen your knowledge of specialist areas of human resource management including employee resourcing, learning and development, employee reward, and employee relations. You will be taught by tutors who are experts in their fields and study alongside other HR practitioners and people managers. Due to the practical application of the course, it is best suited to those currently working within a personnel and development role.

n It

provides a timely completion pathway

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Career opportunities Students who have undertaken this course have found that it boosts their career and earnings potential, and demonstrates to both current and future employers their value as an employee. The course also provides an opportunity to gain an internationally recognised professional qualification and become part of a community of 127,000 professionals that make the CIPD a vibrant and professional body, defining good practice for this increasingly critical business discipline. Your knowledge and understanding of important HR issues will increase via access to the CIPD’s range of podcasts, online journals, research and legal updates. You will also have access to the latest HR vacancies, business news, corporate governance, employment law and much more.

Areas of study include: Leading, managing and developing people HRM in a strategic business context Resourcing and talent management Managing employment relations Performance and reward management Learning and talent development Reflective practice in business leadership Management research report

To find out more contact Janice Johnson: t: +44 (0)1234 793 082 e: janice.johnson@beds.ac.uk Sarah Jones: t: +44 (0)1234 793 245 e: s arah.jones@beds.ac.uk w: http://beds.ac.uk/business

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n It

Starts in: September

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Human Resource Management (PgDip) Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

59


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

Management (PgCert)

Also accredited as the CMI Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership n You

Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year part-time (one afternoon and evening per week) Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You should have some experience in management or supervision and be qualified to degree/ NVQ level 4 standard. Entry is also possible for applicants who have more substantial management experience and can demonstrate their ability to study at this level. Key features n Our teaching team has first-hand experience in the field, combined with significant research and consultancy work n The

course draws on best practice from all three sectors

n A

nationally accredited course that will build on your experience and advance your career

can ‘fast track’ to our MBA when you successfully complete the Postgraduate Certificate

n Networking

and learning opportunities through other students and the CMI

About the course This postgraduate course is intended for managers working in the private, public or voluntary sectors who are keen to reflect on and develop their practice. It will provide relevant theoretical knowledge and understanding relating to best practice in all three sectors, as well as opportunities to engage in debate with fellow managers. Students on the course are from a wide variety of organisational backgrounds and this provides a stimulating environment for critical debate and shared learning about leadership and management. As well as enhancing your understanding of contemporary management theory, the course aims to develop your ability to reflect on your managerial experience and transfer

learning back into practice in the workplace. All participating members will be enrolled as student members of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) for the duration of the course. CMI membership benefits include regular meetings with keynote speakers, as well as access to a state-of-the art management resources centre. On successful completion of the course, you will receive the University of Bedfordshire Postgraduate Certificate in Management. Students who also successfully undertake an additional work-based project unit will also receive the CMI Level 7 Diploma in Strategic Management and Leadership – a nationally recognised qualification entitling you to apply for associate membership of the CMI. Career opportunities On successful completion of the course, you will be equipped for progression as a qualified, professional manager. The Postgraduate Certificate in Management is a generalist qualification, giving you an insight into your strengths and capabilities, thus enabling you to plan your preferred career path. The course also aims to improve the competitiveness of the organisation and optimise the use of resources. Successful completion of this course gives you automatic exemption from part of the MBA course. Please ask for further details.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Areas of study include:

60

Managing people and relationships Organisation and environment Managing finance Managing projects

Become a reflective manager able to apply theory and experience to improve practice in the workplace, whilst working towards dual accreditation from the University and the CMI

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

To find out more contact Dr Alison Hirst: e: alison.hirst@beds.ac.uk w: http://beds.ac.uk/business

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Business, Management, Law & Linguistics University of Bedfordshire 2013 T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

61


Computing Science & Technology

Computer systems and software are an integral part of the world in which we live. Few areas of our working and personal lives remain untouched by technology. Well-engineered, reliable and usable systems are crucial to the survival of virtually all organisations today, to the functioning of the global economy and even for our entertainment. IT professionals have a crucial and challenging part to play in the effective application of computing technology to achieve effective processing of information. The ever-growing list of activities to which computing is applied – and the importance of information processing generally – have created excellent employment opportunities for those who obtain appropriate qualifications in IT.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

At postgraduate level, the Department of Computer Science and Technology runs highly successful specialist and generalist courses for Honours graduates, from computing and non-computing degree courses respectively. The specialist route comprises the MSc Computer Science, MSc Computer Networking, and MSc Information Management and Security, to MSc Computer Animation and Games Technology, Computer Security and Forensics, MSc Telecommunications Management, and MSc Embedded Systems Engineering.

62

The generalist route offers MSc Applied Computing and Information Technology, and Business Information Systems. Most courses are available for part-time study.


Scan the code to see what else Yong has to say, or visit: http://uob. cc/yong

66

MSc Applied Computing & Information Technology

67

MSc Business Information Systems

68

MSc/MPhil/PhD By Research in Computing

69

MSc Computer Animation & Games Technology

70

MSc Computer Networking

71

MSc Computer Science

72

MSc Computer Security & Forensics

73

MSc Embedded Systems Engineering

74

MSc Information Management & Security

Professor Yong Yue

75

Head of Computer Science and Technology Director of the Institute for Research in Applicable Computing

MSc Telecommunications Management

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

We offer vocationally relevant courses, a diverse range of staff expertise, and state-of-the-art facilities. Our students also benefit from industry and business involvement in curriculum development and delivery, to ensure that our courses meet employers’ needs. We also boast active applicable research on real-world problems to inform our teaching and pass the latest knowledge on to our students.

Computing Science & Technology

Courses

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Computing Science & Technology

63


Computing Science & Technology

and robotic arms, as well as a state-ofthe-art motion-capture suit and more than 450 workstations, each with specialised software specifically geared towards our computing students. The department is also home to a Biometric lab, and a Computer Security and Forensics lab, which house a range of devices such as 2D and 3D face recognition, iris scanners, palm geometry, palm-vein readers, and fingerprint and signature recognition equipment. We make extensive use of virtual machines to allow students to experience a multitude of operating systems and specialised environments for teaching and project work.

Why choose Bedfordshire?

being among the top 25 per cent of department facilities in the UK.

The department was nominated for the European Electronics Industry University Department of the year award

Modern computing laboratories

The teaching team has previous experience of working with industry and a clear vision about balancing theory with practice Industry links with local and regional partners provide students with professional and work placement opportunities

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Partnership with 7Safe, a worldrenowned expert in computer forensics investigation and training

64

State-of-the-art resources and facilities supported by dedicated technologists  ain valuable experience through our G Academic into Business Computing scheme, and work on real projects for real clients Attend regular talks by high-profile guest speakers

Facilities

Our purpose-designed facilities enable you to extend your skills and knowledge at an advanced level. What’s more, the British Computer Society (BCS) undertook an accreditation visit in 2009 and commended our facilities as

Our computers are updated regularly and provide hi-tech software environments for postgraduate students. We have 18 state-of-the-art computing labs, including a suite of Graphics labs, which recently underwent a £60,000 refurbishment, and are used for teaching the latest computer modelling and virtual reality skills. The facility has been further upgraded with new top-end workstations with Intel core i7 Quad core CPUs, 6GB RAM and Quadro F580 graphics cards. This investment of facilities demonstrates our commitment to supporting our students with the best facilities. Our fantastic equipment gives our students a competitive edge in graphics hardware, while the hi-spec machines have made image rendering much faster. Other labs include a Test Network lab for teaching networking and system administration, and a Human Computer Interface (HCI) lab for experiments to improve interaction between users and computers.

Access to industry-standard equipment

We have a wide range of robotic equipment including humanoid robots

Brand new engineering equipment

We have recently invested £1m in brand new labs to support our engineering courses and provide opportunities for students to apply computing technology to engineering. Equipment includes cutting-edge Rohde & Schwarz wireless measurement facilities and a VoIP development network. We also have a suite of industrial-standard software and Cotex embedded systems development platforms. These impressive facilities are backed up by a number of other support facilities including a £50,000 highperformance computer cluster (HPC). The HPC allows you to analyse data and identify patterns and trends, and stands more than six feet tall. It also has a number of database and web servers dedicated to the department’s online web services offerings.

Dedicated teaching spaces

All of our laboratories and teaching spaces are dedicated solely to the students in the department, which means that by studying at Bedfordshire you have dedicated work space and access to all of the resources you need to support your studies. In addition to the range of specialist teaching labs there are four general teaching labs which seat up to 30 students.


The research and industrial consultancy undertaken by the department is used to underpin the teaching of our postgraduate courses. All academic staff undertake research activities and the vast majority hold a PhD. Many have industrial work experience and possess Chartered status from professional bodies. Our highly qualified staff are active in relevant research and the department has undertaken a large number of externally funded research and commercial projects, providing our students with an excellent springboard to research and industrial work. Students also benefit from special guest lectures given by external speakers and industrialists.

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 the University of Bedfordshire was recognised as “internationally excellent� in the areas of Computer Science and Informatics. The Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC) is the home of research for the department. IRAC has four research centres, which focus mostly on computer graphics and visualisation (CCGV), wireless research (CWR), intelligent and distributed systems (CREDIT) and cyberstalking research (NCCR). The aim is to develop leading-edge solutions to real-world problems by looking at rigorous theoretical methods and applied approaches. We have more than 50 research students and 20 postdoctoral research fellows. All of our research is focused on providing innovative tools and solutions for real-world problems. Examples of companies and organisations we have worked with include Aircom, Ansys, Luton Borough Council, Cancer Research UK, the Metropolitan Police, NEC (Europe), Nokia, Philips and Sony-Ericsson. These links have also greatly benefited

students through work experience and research-informed teaching.

Research degree study areas

We welcome research degree applications in the following areas: n  Computer

graphics and medical visualisation

n  Computer n  Real-time n  Internet

animation systems

services

n  Distributed,

computing

n  Artificial n  Mobile

parallel and pervasive

Computing Science & Technology

Teaching and professional experience

World-leading research

intelligence

communications

n  Network

planning, optimisation and performance evaluation

n  IP

networks (eg QoS, routing and traffic engineering)

n  Cryptography

security

and information

See page 185 for more information on research.

Edewede Oriwoh MSc Computer Security & Forensics graduate

My experience of studying at Bedfordshire was interesting and exciting. The staff were really supportive and the University provided a good environment and facilities for research.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

These are used for programming, and database and web design. We can configure these rooms to allow up to 120 students to take part in the same interactive practical sessions. Additionally, there are two new teaching rooms equipped with a desking system, featuring built-in computers with a motorised lift for the keyboard, mouse and monitor. These spaces can cater for 70 students in the large room and 30 in the smaller neighbouring facility.

65


Computing Science & Technology

Applied Computing & Information Technology Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a moderate or general computing knowledge but with no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a non-computing or IT-related subject area. Subjects excluded as first awards include Computing, Computer Science or Computer Studies, Information Systems or Technology, and Business Information Systems or Technology. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior learning, certified or experiential (APCL/ APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Key features n Gain experience of information technology concepts that can be applied to your own discipline

66

n Gain

valuable experience by working on our Academic into Business Computing scheme

n Open

up your career opportunities by utilising the tools of computing and information technology to lead to innovation within your area of expertise

About the course This course is designed for non-computing graduates who are looking to apply information technology to their current career, or who are looking to change their career direction.

www.beds.ac.uk 

The course covers a wide range of topics including programming, databases, security, project management and computer networking. During the course you will learn the underpinning theory of these topics, and will apply this theory in practical scenarios. Subject areas include data modelling and management; applied programming; emerging technologies; information security management; and professional project management. There is also a focus on research methodologies including ethics; legal aspects and professional applications of computing systems development; computer security; data governance; and computer programming using Java. You will also develop skills in communication, problem solving and teamwork. Research underpins all aspects of this Master’s course. The department has a strong research record and attracts funding from UK Research Councils and the European Union, and the research undertaken provides a basis for our courses and teaching.

(MSc)

n Database n System

and IT developers

designer/analyst

Further study options include an MSc by Research, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/ research/rgs/apply *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students who start in September can complete the course in three years.

Did you know? ICT is touching all areas of life – this course is designed for those who are looking to apply ICT to their own domain of expertise.

Areas of study include: Data modelling and management

Career opportunities The course equips you with a broad range of knowledge and skills. Employers value our graduates because they have relevant practical experience and a sound theoretical understanding of the most upto-date applied computing and information systems technologies.

Applied programming

You will be able to conceptualise, plan and design applications using industrystandard software tools. Graduates may also go on to become teachers, IT consultants, managers, systems developers and/ or programming supervisors within commerce and industries which make substantial use of computer and information technology.

Emerging technologies

Typical career routes include: n IT

opportunities lie within your own area of specialism (which may lay outside of the IT domain)

Computer security Professional project management Information security management Data governance and compliance Network systems

To find out more contact Dr Simant Prakoonwit: t: +44 (0)1234 400 400 (ext. 2196) e: simant.prakoonwit@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

n Managers

or practitioners within commerce

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The MSc Business Information Systems is most suitable for graduates who have a sound computing knowledge but no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Information Science, Information Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation by Prior learning, certified or experiential (APCL/ APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

strategic management of information systems and project management. The course covers ethics, research methodologies, legal aspects, business applications and strategy, and data analysis. The course is ideal for an information systems or business graduate who is looking to further their knowledge in the area of business-led information systems. Career opportunities On successful completion of the course, you will be equipped with a solid understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the development of systems for the business environment. You will gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to pursue a career in areas such as financial data analysis; design and development; security and programming; and database access across the web. Typical career routes include: n Business/systems n Project n IT

analyst

management

consultant

n IT/Business

lecturer

Further study options include an MSc by research, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/ research/rgs/apply

Key features n Study an interdisciplinary course that is at the interface of information technology and business are exciting opportunities for professionals or employees wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our individual taught modular scheme (Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate)

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time courses that start in September comprise three years of study.

Areas of study include: Applied programming Computer security Information management and security Financial analysis Data modelling and management Professional project management Business data analysis Data compliance and governance

To find out more contact Dr Simant Prakoonwit: t: +44 (0)1234 400 400 (ext. 2196) e: simant.prakoonwit@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

Gordon Brady MSc Business Information Systems student

n There

About the course The MSc Business Information Systems is designed for those who require a broad overview of business information applications and technical knowledge of applied programming, computer security, financial and business data analysis,

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say: http://uob.cc/ gordonbrady

The support from lecturers is absolutely first class. This is the most impressive thing about the University – the lecturers want to challenge you all the time, they want to push your knowledge and test your understanding so that you widen your boundaries constantly. This is what makes it a Master’s course in my opinion, and the emphasis is on challenging the student to keep up.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Computing Science & Technology

Business Information Systems (MSc)

67


Computing Science & Technology

By Research in Computing Starts in: Variable Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in a computing-related discipline that is relevant to the area you wish to investigate in depth. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Research within IRAC is expanding rapidly. Three custom-built laboratories have been opened during the last three years to accommodate research fellows and research students. This provides a vibrant and multicultural environment within which research is able to flourish

(MSc/MPhil/PhD)

process and your ability to analyse and constructively augment a particular research area, and to provide you with experience of communicating research results in written and oral form.

Areas of study include:

The course is for graduates from a computer-related discipline, who wish to investigate research as a possible career, or who wish to extend their knowledge of one particular facet of computing – possibly because it is difficult to find a taught MSc that fulfils their individual needs or covers the areas they wish to investigate in depth. The precise content of the student’s study will be negotiated with the project supervisor and will be subject to approval by the Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC), in the same way as for applications for MPhil and PhD study. Students on the course will participate in the standard programme of research training offered to all research students. Career opportunities You will be qualified for positions that require an advanced understanding of computing in the area you selected, particularly where independence of thought and analytical skills are required.

As research is continuously evolving, for an up-to-date picture you should visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/ irac to investigate the possibilities. You can also discuss your application with our academics (see below)

To find out more contact Professor Edmond Prakash: t: +44 (0)1582 743 935 e: edmond.prakash@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

n The

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Institute has had considerable recent success in attracting research funding from EPSRC and the European Commission, and this has also provided increased momentum to expand the research infrastructure and research activities of the Institute

The precise area is negotiated by the student at an individual level, but will normally lie within the spectrum of research activities being undertaken within IRAC at the time

68

n The

four research centres – the Centre for Computer Graphics and Visualisation (CCGV), the Centre for Research in Distributed Technologies (CREDIT), the Centre for Wireless Research (CWR), and the National Centre for Cyberstalking Research (NCCR) – all regularly receive external research funding and provide a range of exciting research opportunities at MSc by Research, MPhil and PhD levels

About the course The course is designed to develop your understanding of the research

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Raymond Brown PhD in Digital Forensics student

I chose to study this course at Bedfordshire as it was related to my work as an Investigation Officer with the Bedfordshire Police Service. I enjoy being at the cutting edge of digital forensic research as it is an exciting scientific discipline which is fast growing and much in demand.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Computing Science & Technology

Computer Animation & Games Technology (MSc) Starts in: September

Career routes include:

Location: Luton campus, Park Square

n Computer

Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time

n Programmer

Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in either a computing-related subject or an art/ animation related subject. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

games

– graphics/visualisation/

n Studio

practitioner – creative industries

n Researcher

graphics

advanced computer

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

Areas of study include: Computer graphics

Key features n Work with cutting-edge technology at the interface between animation and information technology

2D and 3D animation

n Learn

3D modelling

from experts with professional animation experience

n Attend

regular talks by high-profile guest speakers

Computer games programming Digital studio practice Digital media technologies

About the course The MSc in Computer Animation and Games Technology is ideal for Computing, Media or Art and Design graduates who have some experience of computer-based design or programming, and an interest in developing a career in the advanced practice of Computer Animation and Games Technology in industry or academia. You will engage with a wide range of topics including 3D modelling, animation, compositing motion capture, games, AI, games development and special effects, and develop skills that will be informed by professional practices and industry standard tools. Career opportunities The broad skills you gain will equip you for a career in either the IT or media industries, in areas such as film, games production and advertising.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

To find out more contact Professor Edmond Prakash: t: +44 (0)1582 743 935 e: edmond.prakash@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

Ameeth Kumar Chidurala MSc Computer Animation & Games Technology student

I would recommend this course as you will be exposed to industry standards and the latest technologies. The University is the one-stop solution to providing you with the necessary expertise to make it in the world of work. The best thing I have learnt is how to shape my path to success.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Open to: UK/EU/International students

animator/modeller – games or entertainment industry

69


Computing Science & Technology University of Bedfordshire 2013 70

Computer Networking Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a prior academic achievement or a formal background in the discipline of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science or other sciencerelated subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Computer Science or Computer Systems, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

(MSc)

protocols and technologies that can feed the demand of the nation. The MSc in Computer Networking is designed to give you an in-depth knowledge of both wired and wireless technology. Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the area of networking technologies. You will gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to become a high-level network designer or administrator, or pursue further research.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students starting in September can complete the course in three years.

Areas of study include: Computer security Networking administration and management

Career opportunities include:

Emerging technologies

n IT

Professional project management

and helpdesk support

n Network

technician

Network systems

n Systems

analyst

Wireless networking

n Network

engineer or architect

Distributed parallel architectures

n Computer

networking instructor, university academic, or ICT teacher

n Network

Advanced security countermeasures

infrastructure manager

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

To find out more contact Dr Ali Mansour: t: +44 (0)1582 489 337 e: ali.mansour@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

Key features n Work with a 64-node cluster and other state-of-the-art equipment n Work

alongside leading experts in the areas of Wireless and Mobile Network Planning and Femtocells

n Study

a course that integrates professional qualifications (CompTIA) and academic study

About the course With the arrival of anytime, anywhere access to network facilities (be it a desktop, laptop, PDA, smart phones) there is an increased need for continued development of new networking

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Alabi Adekunle Oluwasuen MSc Computer Networking student

I chose this University because of its high credibility in computing, its modern learning community and close proximity to London. My ability to design and administer a network, combined with my project management skills, has given me the knowledge to face the challenges of the IT world.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a formal background in the discipline of computer science. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science-related subject area. Example subjects may be first awards in Computing, Computer Science or Computer Studies. Professionals or employees only wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our postgraduate individual taught modular scheme can also enrol for a Postgraduate Diploma or Postgraduate Certificate in Computer Science. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Work with our 64-node cluster in an innovative distributed environment n Gain

a breadth of experience in subjects such as secure communications, computer security, project management and intelligent agents

n Make

use of our Academic into Business Computing scheme by working on projects with local companies

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

About the course The MSc in Computer Science is ideal for Computing graduates who are looking to explore the general subject of Computer Science, but who do not want to focus solely on one particular subject. The course is therefore ideal for those students that want to keep their career options open. A variety of diverse topics will be studied that can serve as a foundation for a general career in Information Technology.

15 months. Part-time students beginning in September can complete the course in three years.

The course covers core areas of Computer Science, ranging from Data Modelling, Embedded Systems and Systems Architecture to Intelligent Agents. Career opportunities The course will equip you with the skills to pursue a career in internet design, remote data access and management, remote method invocation and networking. You will also gain practical skills that will allow you to become a specialist consultant, project manager, business systems analyst, IT consultant, practitioner and/or manager in computer science. Successful students completing the course may go on to become highlevel web application developers and managers. Graduates of this course can also pursue further research in the strategically and continually expanding areas of computer science. Career opportunities include: n IT

n Systems/business n Web/web

developer

engineer

analyst

services/e-commerce

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Areas of study include: Online database applications Intelligent agents Programming embedded systems Professional project management Systems architecture

consultant

n Programmer/software

As part of the Distributed and Parallel Architecture unit, students learn how to connect a client to a server using Java and XMLRPC programming

Network systems Distributed and parallel architectures Cryptography and cryptanalysis

To find out more contact Dr Paul Sant: t: +44 (0)1582 743 705 e: paul.sant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Computing Science & Technology

Computer Science (MSc)

71


Computing Science & Technology University of Bedfordshire 2013 72

Computer Security & Forensics

(MSc)

Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The MSc Computer Security and Forensics is most suitable for graduates with a prior academic achievement or formal background in the discipline of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science or other science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Computer Science or Systems, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Work with state-of-the-art computer security and forensics tools such as 3D face scanners, palm readers and iris scanners n Get

the opportunity to undertake visits to computer forensics organisations such as 7Safe, and attend demonstrations and invited talks by hardware companies

About the course The MSc in Computer Security and Forensics is ideal for a graduate of Computer Science. It is designed to

www.beds.ac.uk 

Students complete a forensic data analysis assignment, using industry-standard software tools to look for evidence set out by our expert teaching team

cover the areas of computer security, networking and forensics and will prepare you for a career in the area of computer security, network security or forensic investigation. During the course you will learn how to understand network security, scripting, cryptographic protocols and how to perform forensic data analysis using the latest commercial tools (Encase and Forensic Tool Kit). You will also discover the legal frameworks and legislation relating to computer crime, and how to present evidence to a court of law. Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of techniques used for both the securing, and forensic investigation, of computer networks. You will also gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, allowing you to become a specialist consultant, practitioner and/or manager in the area of computer forensics investigation and computer-based systems secure management. Graduates from this Master’s course can also pursue further research in the strategically and continually expanding areas of computer forensics and security. Career opportunities include: n Security

associates

n Security

consultants

n Penetration

testers

n Network

security analysts

n Systems

administrators

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students beginning in September can complete the course in three years.

Areas of study include: Computer security Forensics data acquisition and analysis Emerging technologies Professional project management Advanced security countermeasures Networking administration and management Advanced digital forensics Cryptography and cryptanalysis

To find out more contact Dr Paul Sant: t: +44 (0)1582 743 705 e: paul.sant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in an electronic and telecommunication engineering-related discipline that is relevant to the area you wish to investigate in depth. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Application-oriented course that provides you with the opportunity to develop balanced knowledge and skills in both embedded engineering and computing to meet requirements from industry

who wish to become able and skilled developers of embedded digital systems; a fast-growing and challenging area of modern technology. The course will provide graduates with an opportunity to further their knowledge, ability and skills in the more focused area of embedded digital systems development. Career opportunities You will be qualified for positions that require combined knowledge and skills of both engineering and computing such as: n Systems

analyst

n Embedded

developer

n IT

Areas of study include: Advanced DSP Embedded sensors and controllers Intelligent agents techniques Programming embedded systems Emergent technologies Digital communications Project management Multimedia applications

Computing Science & Technology

Embedded Systems Engineering (MSc)

systems designer/

consultant

n Computer

science/electronic engineering lecturer

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

To find out more contact Dr Dayou Li: t: +44 (0)1582 489 371 e: dayou.li@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

n Combination

of theoretical and hands-on experience with industrialstandard embedded system development toolkits problem-solving, supported by the department’s wellestablished connections to industry and internationally recognised research activities

About the course The course is designed to develop your understanding, skills and abilities necessary for embedded systems development, and at Master’s level, to meet the requirements of industry for highly skilled developers and designers. The course will help you to develop ‘know-how’ knowledge by providing you with underpinned theories and hands-on experience. The course is designed for graduates from an engineering-related discipline,

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

We have recently invested £1m in brand new labs, which are kitted out with cutting-edge Rohde & Scwarz equipment to support our engineering courses

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Real-world

73


Computing Science & Technology University of Bedfordshire 2013 74

Information Management & Security

(MSc)

Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time* Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates who have a sound computing knowledge but with no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Gain experience of managing systems security strategy, and apply this in your future career n Gain

real-world experience through projects run by our Academic into Business Computing scheme

n Explore

the ever-increasing landscape of information security and the career opportunities that it presents

About the course The course is designed for those who want a broad overview of information management and security as well as technical knowledge of networking and security. The course is ideal for those who are looking to take up a governance/

www.beds.ac.uk 

With the vast increase in information and some high profile media cases surrounding the loss of data, this course is aimed at producing the next generation of information security managers

compliance role within an organisation, or for those who are looking to take charge of data management. During the course you will gain skills in programming, computer security, data governance and compliance. Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the area of information management and security. You will also gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to pursue a career in areas such as information architecture, data modelling design, information security and network management. Graduates also go on to become practitioners and/or specialist consultants in the expanding area of information management and security. Career opportunities include: n Information n Data

n Information

security and network management business consultant

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Areas of study include: Computer security Data modelling and management Emerging technologies Advanced security countermeasures Professional project management Networking administration and management Information security management Data governance and compliance

architect

modeller

n Information

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time courses starting in September complete within three years.

To find out more contact Dr Paul Sant: t: +44 (0)1582 743 705 e: paul.sant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The MSc Telecommunications Management course is most suitable for graduates who have a background in computer networking or telecommunications. Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in Telecommunications or computing (including a network component). For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation by Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL) is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

(MSc)

management level skills to enhance your career prospects. You will study a variety of units covering aspects of digital technologies, protocols and regulations for the telecommunications industry, project management, finance and managing people. Career opportunities On successful completion of the MSc Telecommunications Management course you will have a solid understanding of both the businessrelated and telecommunications aspects required to pursue your aspirations of undertaking a management career within the telecommunications industry. Career opportunities include: engineer

n Telecommunications

consultant

n Telecommunications

manager

n Team

Areas of study include: Advanced digital communications Financial analysis Managing people Network systems Professional project management Wireless networking Telecommunications business environment

n Telecommunications

n Project

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Computing Science & Technology

Telecommunications Management

manager (telecommunications)

leader (telecommunications)

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

To find out more contact Dr Paul Sant: t: +44 (0)1582 743 705 e: paul.sant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

Key features n You will study in a friendly environment with state-of-the-art computer facilities n There

are opportunities for independent and work-related learning

n There

n You

will get the chance to work with “world-leading” researchers at the University (such as Professor Ben Allen)

About the course The MSc Telecommunications Management is appropriate if you are currently working within the telecommunications industry (or would like to work in the telecommunications industry) and are looking to gain

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Dr Paul Sant Principal Lecturer, and Academic Director for Postgraduate courses

Developing new infrastructures that can support the diverse range of applications and data types is a must – this course aims to develop the next generation of telecommunications experts.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

are opportunities for professionals or employees wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our individual taught modular scheme (Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate)

75


Education & Teaching

The University’s Bedford campus is home to one of the largest education providers in the UK. The quality of our provision is based on a long and established history of teacher education. We have well-established partnerships with more than 500 primary and secondary schools, and 13 FE colleges across the Eastern Region which means that we are constantly at the forefront of educational development and can tailor our provision to meet the needs of teachers and other educational professionals. We are developing new enhanced partnerships with schools and local authorities across the region, including local authorities in Central Bedfordshire, Bedford, Luton, Milton Keynes and Peterborough.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

All students work with a school-based mentor trained by the University of Bedfordshire partnership. Many of our partner schools have employed graduate teachers from the University, and an increasing number of school mentors are former students.

76


Wendy Cunnah Head of Department - Initial Teacher Training

We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK with a long established history of producing first-class teachers. We are driven by a philosophy of inclusion, of meeting individual needs and of encouraging all students to aspire to reach their potential in a supportive environment.

Certificate & PGCE Post-Compulsory Education (incorporating DTLLS)

81

Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement

82

Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP)

83

MA Education – e-Learning, Leadership & Management, Primary Education, Special Educational Needs, Specialist Mathematics Teaching

84

MA Education Studies (International)

85

PgCert Education Studies – e-Learning, Strategic Leadership & Management in Education, Special Educational Needs, Inclusion & Disability, Primary Education*, Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators, Specialist Mathematics Teaching*, Academic Practice*, Behavioural Issues in School, Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia

86

Advanced Professional Certificate in Education

87

PGCE Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years (English, Mathematics or Science)

88

PGCE Primary Education

89

PGCE Primary Education with Early Years

90

PGCE Secondary Education Dance

91

PGCE Secondary Education English

92

PGCE Secondary Education Mathematics

93

PGCE Secondary Education Modern Languages

94

PGCE Secondary Education Physical Education

95

PGCE Secondary Education Science (Biology, Chemistry or Physics)

96

Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement

97

PGCE Secondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT

Have you also considered...? 27

MBA Educational Leadership*

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Education & Teaching

Education & Teaching

80

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Courses

*Subject to approval

77


Education & Teaching

Why choose Bedfordshire? Academic staff are experts in their respective fields and bring a wealth of experience and knowledge We maintain close partnerships with more than 500 schools We are continually forging new partnerships to ensure we deliver the highest level of training and teaching We have a high graduate employment rate In the Ofsted 2011 report, our Graduate Teacher Programme was awarded the highest grade – ‘Outstanding’ Many staff members have previously held senior positions in schools, education authorities and Ofsted, while others bring experience in health, social work and youth work

University of Bedfordshire 2013

We have a 100 year tradition of training PE teachers

78

Our success

We boast an impressive record for training teachers, and for many courses, enjoying a 100 percent graduate employment rate. Our research profile, in areas such as curriculum development, practitioner reflection and the use of technologies in teaching, enables students to benefit from cutting-edge practice. We offer a wide range of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) courses, foundation degrees and postgraduate certificates, as well as Continuing Professional Development (CPD) for the region’s teachers. We offer a number of Postgraduate Certificates and Professional Graduate Certificates (the former enabling student teachers to gain Master’s level credits). The Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) allows you to qualify as a teacher while you work. In the recent Ofsted report,

our GTP course was awarded the highest grade – ‘Outstanding’. The course is particularly popular with mature students who are keen for a career change but need to continue earning while they train. We also offer part-time professional graduate certificates for those professionals working, or wanting to work, within Further Education (FE) colleges, and who are seeking teaching qualifications and other continuing professional/ lifelong learning accreditation.

Fantastic facilities

The Bedford campus has superb facilities, including the Primary Centre providing enhanced learning and specialist provision for science, art technology and ICT. The University also has an £8m state-of-the-art sports facility for teaching physical education.


Education & Teaching

A supportive environment

Our students are central to our work and we pride ourselves on the personal and individually tailored support offered by staff. Our excellent facilities and innovative courses seek to meet the aspirations of those who wish to make a difference to the lives of young people and to develop a career that brings rewards as well as job satisfaction. We also seek to respond to international, national and local developments and initiatives, and aim to engage our department in creating opportunities to meet your aspirations, as well as the needs of future employers.

On the job training

On-the-job training is an integral part of becoming a teacher and the department takes this very seriously. We work with a very diverse mix of partner schools, including schools in rural and urban areas, providing students with a real classroom environment where they can practise and refine their professional skills. Increasingly students are gaining additional experiences through placements in special schools, museums, children’s services and the voluntary sector.

PGCE Secondary Education 14-19 Applied Business graduate Head of Department at Cottesloe School

The course was superb at giving me hands-on experience. The lecturers and link tutors were unbelievably supportive and I was placed in a broad variety of schools and colleges. Bedfordshire is an outstanding university.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Richard Peel

79


Education & Teaching

Post-Compulsory Education Starts in: September Location: University of Bedfordshire (Bedford campus) The course is also available at Barnfield College, Luton; Bedford College; Central Bedfordshire College, Dunstable; Grantham College; Leicester College; North Hertfordshire College; Milton Keynes College; South Nottingham College and Tresham College Duration: 2 years part-time (classes will take place on Tuesdays 2-7pm) Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You must be engaged in teaching in post-compulsory (further, higher or adult) education for at least 50 hours per year with suitable qualifications in the subject you teach. All applicants must have English and Mathematics GCSE at grade C or above, or equivalent. Students whose first language is not English and who do not hold GCSE English must hold IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. Certificate in Education (CertEd): You must hold at least a BTEC (Edexcel) National Diploma, NVQ level 3, A Level or equivalent. Professional Graduate Certificate in Education (PGCE): You should possess a Second Class Honours degree or above.

Certificate & (PGCE) (incorporating DTLLS)

About the course When you register for this course you join a network of over 500 people who are studying this course. The course, which is the recognised teaching qualification for staff in all areas of post16 education, helps you to gain QTLS status (via registration with the Institute for Learning – IfL) and can be taken at two levels, Certificate and PGCE. The course is accredited by the IfL and provides core professional training for those involved in the post-compulsory education area, while addressing the national standards for teaching and learning in post-16 education and beyond.

Career opportunities Students from this course have progressed to a wide range of teaching and management careers in Further, Higher or Adult Education and post-16 education.

We make sure that we take a very personalised approach to your learning. Assessment is based around your teaching practice and lessons are flexible enough to enable us to address the issues that are affecting you in your classroom. Regular study days, attended by participants from a wide network, allow you to meet tutors who teach in your own area as well as learn from teachers from other disciplines, whilst the taught sessions are used to explore areas of interest in the post-16 sector.

Curriculum, design and development

Areas of study include: Planning and preparing for teaching and learning Assessment and evaluation Professional teaching practice Theories and principles of inclusive learning and teaching Action research

To find out more contact Peter Wolstencroft: t: +44 (0)1234 793 178 e: peter.wolstencroft@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

Key features n The course allows you to progress towards QTLS personalised nature of the course ensures that it is relevant to your needs

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

80

n The

course gives you the opportunity to study for your CertEd or PGCE part-time

n The

different locations allow you to study locally for your qualification

n Tutors

are “enthusiastic and teach well prepared sessions, closely aligned to learners needs” OFSTED 2011

n Attendance

at study days enables subject specific development and professional networking

n Bursaries

can be used to help pay course fees (subject to availability)

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Lindy Lloyd Professional Graduate Certificate in Post-Compulsory Education graduate

The attitude and commitment of the staff made the course excellent and one which I have recommended to friends and colleagues. It has given me confidence and enabled me to appreciate the work of other providers of adult learning such as the armed forces, NHS, colleges, etc and given me understanding of the complex structure of postcompulsory education.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: January Location: Bedford campus Duration: 20 weeks Open to: UK/EU students Entry requirements: All applicants must have a confirmed offer of a place on a PGCE, GTP or SCITT programme with a recognised provider of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in England by the time the enhancement course starts in January each year. For those applying to the University of Bedfordshire’s Science with Chemistry PGCE, candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant science-based subject. GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics is also required. Students whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to hold IELTS with an average score of 6.0. Recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream school, is desirable. All suitable applicants for PGCE will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those thinking of returning to education. Key features n Offers the opportunity to enter chemistry Initial Teacher Education courses

and understanding of chemistry to allow them to teach the subject confidently, e.g. candidates may have a science degree with only some relevance to chemistry, or have experience using chemistry in the workplace. Candidates are offered a place on the course on recommendation of an ITE provider. The course runs for 20 weeks from January to June and consists of 12 hours in the University and 13 hours independent study per week. On completion, participants will follow their chosen programme of Initial Teacher Education either at the University of Bedfordshire or elsewhere. A broad base of fundamental chemistry concepts will be covered with particular emphasis on the relevance to real-life experiences to generate interest and excitement. Where appropriate, links to areas of physics and biology will be explored to develop the depth of understanding necessary to teach effectively across the chemistry curriculum at Key Stage 4. Participants on this course are eligible to receive a Training Agency (TA) tax-free training bursary which is linked to your intention to take up an Initial Teacher Education place following completion of the Chemistry Enhancement course. You do not pay course fees.

Career opportunities Qualified chemistry teachers are in great demand throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: The range of chemistry topics included in the UK science 11-19 curriculum

Education & Teaching

Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement

The development of essential practical skills and safe laboratory working Effective use of ICT to support learning in chemistry The relevance of chemistry to modern society Reflection on personal experience of a range of teaching approaches

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit www.education.gov. uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n You

n There

are no fees to pay. For more information visit: www.education. gov.uk/get-into-teaching/

n We

are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK

n We

boast an impressive record for training teachers

About the course This course is aimed at candidates who want to train as teachers of chemistry but do not have sufficient knowledge

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

81


Education & Teaching University of Bedfordshire 2013 82

Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) Primary or Secondary Starts in: September

n The TA

Location: Bedford campus

n It

Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You must have a Second Class Honours degree that is relevant to the subject/phase of teaching in which you are interested. You must have a GCSE (or equivalent) grade C or above in English and mathematics. For Primary GTP applicants, a Science GCSE grade C or equivalent is also required. Students whose first language is not English and who do not hold GCSE English grade C or above must hold IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application, or by the closing date, which is usually the first week of December each year. Please check with Admissions at the Bedford campus for the latest information on the closing date and approved GCSE equivalents. The University does not offer equivalence tests for this course. Candidates should have some relevant, recent experience within schools. Successful applicants will be invited for an assessment and interview. The assessment will consist of an exercise with a group of pupils and a short written English test. Candidates for Primary GTP will also take a numeracy test. Candidates will be interviewed by a University tutor and a school deputy head teacher or Initial Teacher Education (ITE) coordinator. We encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau and a medical check. Key features n In the recent Ofsted inspection, we were awarded the highest grade – Grade One – for this course n You

are paid a salary on the instructors/ unqualified teachers scale (usually in the region of £15,000 per annum)

www.beds.ac.uk 

pays for your training costs

is particularly attractive to mature candidates who are seeking a career change

n We

are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK

n We

have an impressive record for training teachers

n We

boast a very high graduate employment rate

About the course The Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) enables schools to employ people who are not yet qualified to teach and to work in partnership with the University to gain Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). This allows you to qualify as a teacher while you work. You are paid a salary on the instructors/ unqualified teachers scale (usually in the region of £15,000 per annum) and the Training Agency for schools (TA) pays for your training costs. It is particularly attractive for mature candidates who are seeking a career change. Many applicants already have relevant experience in a support role in a school or in other sectors. Others are career changers who want to move into teaching. We invite applications for primary and secondary teaching in the following subjects: English, Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physical Education, Design Technology, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and Business Studies. The University’s scheme includes secondary schools in Leighton Buzzard and Milton Keynes, and primary schools across Bedfordshire. You will be allocated a school at the interview stage. You are required to attend the University for one day per week to receive some taught input into your subject knowledge and teaching – usually by joining the PGCE lectures. Your training will largely take place in your ‘base’ school, but you will also spend time in at least one other school.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Assessment takes the form of a portfolio of evidence, which contains a range of documents including lesson observations and progress reports, planning and assessment records, written assignments carried out as part of the University-based course, and the school’s final assessment record. The portfolio is submitted to an external assessor who will also observe you while you are teaching. Career opportunities There is great demand for teaching posts throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: Curriculum development The organisation and management of teaching and learning Assessment, recording and reporting Professional values and practice The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce Self-reflection and personal career development

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Education (generic pathway) e-Learning Leadership & Management Primary Education Special Educational Needs Specialist Mathematics Teaching*

allowing progression at a pace that best suits the learner. The range of study units allows you to create a personalised programme to meet your own needs. The final phase of the award focuses on educational research, with the completion of a dissertation with a focus on education. The MA Education aims to: n encourage

Starts in: October or February Location: Bedford campus, plus selected school based locations Duration: 3-5 years part-time

evidence-based practice

n increase

awareness of and access to a range of ideas and research findings on education

n promote

Open to: UK/EU students Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be working within an educational context and have a good Honours degree or substantial teaching experience. Some units require students to have a particular school role (check individual unit descriptions for details). If English is a second language, an IELTS average score of 6.0 or greater is required. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those who have not studied at this level for a number of years. Key features n Opportunity for professional progression in education, following a generic or specialist route of your own choosing

assessment formats with a negotiated focus to support individual and organisational needs

n promote

engagement with key issues in education, involving critical examination of a wide range of key education sources and texts, leading to the identification and justification of recommendations for further action

Career opportunities Teachers often undertake the Master’s course for career progression. In terms of your professional development, your work for the MA Education will help you to link theory directly to everyday practice, so that you are in a better

position to make informed decisions about how to go forward as a classroom practitioner or school leader.

Areas of study include: You can follow a generic ‘pick and mix’ pathway to the MA Education, or (subject to availability) opt to specialise in one of the following areas:

Education & Teaching

Education (MA)

e-Learning Leadership and management Primary education Special educational needs Specialist mathematics teaching

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education *some restrictions apply – please contact Admissions for more details

n Study

part-time to fit in with existing work commitments tailored to suit individual needs

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Course

n Motivated

and experienced postgraduate team

About the course This 180 credit part-time course is intended for educational professionals who are actively involved in – or wish to research – teaching and learning or educational leadership, and who wish to undertake study at a postgraduate level. The course attracts entrants from a range of educational organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. It is modular, credits being accumulated over time, T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

83


Education & Teaching

Education Studies (International) (MA) Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 18 months full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates are required to have a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent, and experience in some aspect of the education system of their own country. Students whose previous education has not been delivered through the medium of the English language are required to demonstrate proficiency in the English language with an IELTS score of 6 or above. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Flexible blended learning delivery n The

opportunity to share ideas and experiences with peers from other cultures as well as with academics learning experiences through carefully planned educational visits arranged through our partnership office

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Enhanced

84

About the course This course has been designed specifically for overseas postgraduate students (of education or of an educationrelated field) who wish to advance their knowledge of education. Or alternatively academics working in the field of education, graduate teachers, head teachers, teacher educators, and local district and government advisors who wish to develop their skills and knowledge in order to progress to more advanced posts within their own educational contexts. It offers a breadth of study topics and units with the aim of enabling students to acquire an understanding of, and skills

www.beds.ac.uk 

relevant to education within their own national, as well as the global, context. Students will develop a critical awareness of current problems and issues facing education systems across the world and will be able to further their expertise in areas of education of interest to them. The course runs over four terms. Every term you will have group and individual tutorials to discuss your studies, and you will be offered support to improve your English language skills. Term 1 You will be offered curriculum enhancement activities. These will include general introductory sessions for the course and visits to local educational institutions and organisations wherever feasible. You will also study one compulsory unit on Theories of Learning. English language enhancement will also be provided in term one and continue through the rest of the course as needed. Term 2 You will study the unit International and Comparative Education, Research Methods in Education and a further education unit. There will be some optional units available, subject to demand. Terms 3 and 4 You will conduct research and write up your dissertation.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Career opportunities This course has the potential to greatly enhance your career prospects in education. This course can be used as the basis for further study on doctoral level (PhD and EdD) courses.

Did you know? We offer continual support to our students to ensure they achieve their full potential.

Areas of study include: Theories of learning Research methods in education International and comparative education Inclusion and diversity Strategic leadership and management

To find out more contact Dr Andrea Raiker: t: +44 (0)1234 793 071 e: andrea.raiker@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Education Studies (generic pathway) e-Learning Strategic Leadership & Management in Education Special Educational Needs, Inclusion & Disability Primary Education* Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators)* Specialist Mathematics Teaching* Academic Practice* Behavioural Issues in Schools** Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia** Starts in: October (some courses start in February)

About the course The Postgraduate Certificates in Education (PgCerts) are one-year part-time courses of 60 credits, for educational professionals who want to develop skills and knowledge at postgraduate level. The course attracts entrants from a range of organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. Each PgCert course consists of two units, which you will choose according to the pathway you wish to follow. It can be subsequently be used as credit towards an MA Education. You will be advised on assignment themes so that you can organise your studies to suit your own career development and inform improvement within your organisation. Named PgCerts are designed to meet the needs of particular groups working in

education, while the generic route (Postgraduate Certificate in Education Studies) offers a wider choice of units. Career opportunities Teachers often undertake a Postgraduate Certificate to help them develop knowledge and skills that can support both academic and professional development.

Education & Teaching

Postgraduate Certificates in Education

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education *some restrictions apply – please ask for details **Available in distance learning mode

Location: Bedford campus, plus selected school based locations Duration: 1 year part-time Open to: UK/EU students

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be working within an educational context and have a good Honours degree or substantial teaching experience. Some units require students to have a particular school role (check individual unit descriptions for details). If English is a second language, an IELTS average score of 6.0 or greater is required. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those who have not studied at this level for a number of years. Key features n Opportunity for professional progression in education, following a generic or specialist route of your own choosing n Study

part-time to fit in with existing work commitments

n Course

tailored to suit individual needs

n Motivated

and experienced postgraduate team

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

85


Education & Teaching

Advanced Professional Certificate in Education Starts in: October or February

n Study

Location: Bedford campus, plus school based locations

n Course

Duration: 6 months part-time Open to: UK/EU students Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be working within an educational context and have a good Honours degree or substantial teaching experience. Some units require students to have a particular school role (check individual unit descriptions for details). If English is a second language, an IELTS average score of 6.0 or greater is required. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those who have not studied at this level for a number of years. Key features n Opportunity for professional progression in education, working in an area of your own choosing

part-time to fit in with existing work and home commitments needs

tailored to suit individual

n Motivated

and experienced postgraduate team

About the course The Advanced Professional Certificate in Education (APCE) is a short course of 30 credits for educational professionals who want to develop skills and knowledge in a specific area of education at postgraduate level. The course attracts professionals from a range of educational organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. The course can subsequently be used as credit towards a Postgraduate Certificate in Education. Some of the Advanced Professional Certificate in Education courses require you to undertake research in education and therefore you need access to an

educational setting in order to complete your assessments. Some units require you to be working within a specific role within your organisation and so may not be appropriate for you. The choice of study options available can be discussed at application. Career opportunities Teachers often undertake a short course to develop an area of their practice and as a ‘taster’ for further academic study that can contribute to professional progression.

Areas of study include:  urriculum design and development C in physical education Dance education Evolving theories of autism Exploring coaching and mentoring Exploring e-learning Exploring primary education Inclusive education Managing learning and teaching Reflecting on professional practice Special education needs and disability Sport pedagogy (gymnastics) Strategic leadership and management

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Understanding difficulties in literacy development and dyslexia

86

Understanding pupil behaviour in schools

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Education & Teaching

Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years (English, Mathematics or Science) (PGCE) n We

boast an impressive record for training teachers, who enjoy a high graduate employment rate

Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: English XQC3, Mathematics XGC3, Science XFCA Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree or above which has substantial content in English, mathematics or science. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. Candidates must demonstrate a breadth of knowledge of the National Curriculum core and foundation subjects. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. Key features n Offers the opportunity to become a first class teacher n You

may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit: www.education.gov. uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n You

will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

n “Cluster-based

training supports central training well to provide a localised context for developing trainees’ understanding of how to relate theory to practice” (Ofsted report Nov 2011)

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

About the course The course prepares you to teach the 7-14 age range (Key Stages 2-3). You will acquire the skills and experience to become a general teacher at Key Stage 2 and a specialist teacher at Key Stage 3 in your specified subject (English or Mathematics or Science). The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake three placements in different schools, covering the 7-14 age range. Initially, you will observe classes, then undertake small amounts of teaching yourself, progressively developing towards a substantial block of teaching. Teaching is through a blended learning approach and includes lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. Achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation is through a continuous assessment process. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS. For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information. Career opportunities Graduates of this course are in great demand throughout the UK in upper primary, middle or secondary schools.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Areas of study include: Organisation and management of teaching and learning for middle years KS2 core and foundation subject development Subject enhancement and understanding of KS3 subject specialism The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce Self-reflection and personal career development

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September

87


Education & Teaching

Primary Education (PGCE) Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: X100 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree, or above. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English, and who do not have GCSE grade C in English, need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All candidates must have some recent and relevant experience (a minimum of two weeks – five days in Key Stage 1 and five days in Key Stage 2) of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed. The interview consists of an English test, mathematics test, collaborative group interview and one-to-one interview. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. Key features n An innovative and creative course for teachers for the 21st century

element of the course and you will undertake two different school placements at Key Stages 1 and 2. Over the course of the placements you will have increasing responsibility for a whole class.

well as developing cultural awareness of working in a multi-lingual classroom. You will need a GCSE grade A-C for this option or be a native speaker of a language other than English.

The course starts early in September with an intensive induction programme when you will be introduced to the University; learn about the use of ICT for personal and professional development; be introduced to the foundation subjects and science; and start your sessions on research methodology. During this time we will start to prepare you for your first placement.

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/getintoteaching/ for the latest information.

You can choose one of two routes: Extended Professional Practice or Primary Modern and Community Languages. The Extended Professional Practice involves engaging in the sessions which extend professional practice around the areas that have been identified as beneficial for working in all schools, but particularly those in challenging circumstances. It has been devised in collaboration with local head teachers in order to prepare students for working in schools of the future. For the Primary Modern and Community Languages part of the course you will be introduced to the pedagogy of modern languages and supporting learners with English as an Additional Language, as

Career opportunities Graduates of this course benefit from enhanced employability and a competitive edge when applying for teaching posts. We welcome students back as mentors.

Areas of study include: Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs of education Learning and teaching – the curriculum The development portfolio

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

have an impressive record of training teachers

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n We

About the course This course offers two options in Extended Professional Practice or Primary and Community Languages.

88

www.beds.ac.uk 

The course also offers an in-depth and high-quality qualification in primary school teaching, leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). The 38-week, three-unit course is run in partnership with local schools and prepares you to teach the 5-11 age range. The course has a professional emphasis with a minimum of 120 days spent in schools. School experience is a crucial

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Education & Teaching

Primary Education with Early Years (PGCE) Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: X121 Open to: UK/EU/International students

Key features n An innovative and creative course for 21st century teachers n We

have an impressive record for training teachers

About the course This is a Master’s level course and offers an in-depth and high-quality qualification in primary school teaching, leading to Qualified Teacher Status

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

(QTS). The 38-week, three-unit course is run in partnership with local schools and prepares you to teach the 3-7 age range. The course has a professional emphasis with a minimum of 120 days spent in schools. School experience is a crucial element of the course and you will undertake two different school placements, Key Stage 1 and Early Years (although not necessarily in sequential order). Over the course of the placements you will have increasing responsibility for a whole class. The course starts early in September with an intensive induction programme during which you will be introduced to the University; learn about the use of ICT for personal and professional development; be introduced to the foundation subjects and science; and start your sessions on research methodology. During this time we will start to prepare you for your first placement. The teaching is made up of lectures, seminars, workshops, technologyenhanced activities and tutorials with additional support from mentors and professional staff when out on placements. Students follow the same course as other Primary PGCE students, but with slight timetable modifications to allow you to study aspects of Early Years Practice which include:

n Planning,

teaching and assessing the Early Years curriculum

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/getintoteaching/ for the latest information. Career opportunities Early Years is a growth area in the education sector and teachers capable of delivering this strand will be very much in demand. Graduates of this course benefit from increased employability and a competitive edge when applying for teaching posts. We welcome students back as mentors.

Areas of study include: Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs of education Learning and teaching – the curriculum The development portfolio

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

n Pedagogical

approaches to teaching in an Early Years setting, including specific practical teaching and learning ideas, and activities

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree, or above. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All candidates must have some recent and relevant experience (a minimum of two weeks – five days in Key Stage 1 and five days in an Early Years setting) of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed. The interview consists of an English test, mathematics test, collaborative group interview and one-to-one interview. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

89


Education & Teaching

Secondary Education Dance (PGCE) Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: W5X1 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates should possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree or above in dance, or a degree that demonstrates a substantial dance component. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. Key features n Comprehensive preparation for teaching dance at secondary level (National Curriculum, GCSE, A level, other accredited courses) n You

will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement training supports central training well to provide a localised context for developing trainees’ understanding of how to relate theory to practice” (Ofsted report Nov 2011)

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n “Cluster-based

90

n We

have an impressive record for training teachers

About the course During the course, you will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars designed to develop the knowledge, skills and understanding required to teach dance in secondary schools. The teaching builds on your existing knowledge about dance, developing effective pedagogical practice to enable you to inspire pupils with competence in dance performance, choreography and appreciation.

www.beds.ac.uk 

In addition, you will develop knowledge of general professional issues and explore the role of dance in relation to the National Curriculum and GCSE, A level and other accredited courses. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in different schools, at least one of which includes A level dance, in addition to an observation practice in a primary school. In the school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in Dance. Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are assignments, rather than formal examinations, and continuous assessment related to the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information. Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: The nature of dance and the dance curriculum Teaching and learning in dance Assessment for learning Subject enhancement and understanding of dance 11-16

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: Q3X1 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree or above in which English or its related components represent at least 50 per cent of the degree. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. Key features n You will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement n We

boast an impressive record for training teachers, enjoying, for many courses, a 100 per cent graduate employment rate

n We

are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK

About the course You will acquire knowledge and experience of teaching literature, English language, drama, and media studies in creative and imaginative ways.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Knowledge of the canon of poetry, plays and novels are necessary to be able to deliver the curriculum. You should be familiar with classic works, as well as a range of modern fiction, non-fiction, multimodal texts and poetry suitable for all ages. Language and literature are rapidly changing to accommodate the post-modern pressures of a broadband age and you are expected to have knowledge of new emerging genres and other virtual areas where young people are creative with reading and writing. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars that are designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues, the role of the National Curriculum in relation to English, and issues such as lesson planning and assessment. With a blended learning approach at the heart of this course, you will collaborate and take an online collegiate approach to your studies through both the Virtual Learning Environment and the e-Portfolio. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in contrasting schools in addition to observation practice in a primary school. While on the school placements you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in English.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are course assignments, but no formal examinations, and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS. For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/getintoteaching/ for the latest information. Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: The nature of English and the English curriculum Learning and teaching methodologies with practical application Assessment for learning Use of technology in supporting learning

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September

Education & Teaching

Secondary Education English (PGCE)

91


Education & Teaching University of Bedfordshire 2013 92

Secondary Education Mathematics (PGCE) n You

will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus

n We

Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: G1X1 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a minimum Upper Second Class Honours degree in mathematics or in a subject with at least 50 per cent mathematical content, such as engineering. A levels in mathematics or physics are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. For suitable applicants who are committed to teaching mathematics but who do not have the majority of mathematics in their first degree, the University offers a 20 - week Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course. The SKE offers a period developing personal mathematics subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of mathematics prior to joining the PGCE.

boast an impressive record for training teachers, enjoying, for many courses, a 100 per cent graduate employment rate

About the course Mathematics is a challenging and demanding subject within the school curriculum. You will develop skills to teach a broad spectrum of mathematical concepts using a variety of different approaches, including a focus on the development of thinking skills through investigational, collaborative and problem solving activities. Teaching is designed to model the practice to be developed and includes opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars, which are designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues; the nature and content of the mathematics curriculum; and the role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in relation to mathematics and issues such as planning and assessment. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a strong focus on exploring theory in practice. You will undertake two placements in different schools, in addition to observation of practice in a primary school. While in school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience

Key features n You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit: www.education.gov. uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information n “Cluster-based

training supports central training well to provide a localised context for developing trainees’ understanding of how to relate theory to practice” (Ofsted report Nov 2011)

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

in teaching mathematics. There are course assignments but no formal examinations and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand in teaching posts throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: The nature of mathematics and the mathematics curriculum Teaching and learning mathematics Assessment for learning Subject enhancement and understanding of mathematics 11-16 The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

Olubukola Adeniyi PGCE Secondary Education Mathematics student

The University has a great reputation for teaching and I love mathematics so the PGCE in Mathematics at Bedfordshire was the obvious choice for me. The library has vast resources on offer and the staff are very supportive.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Education & Teaching

Secondary Education Modern Languages (Spanish, Italian, German, French) (PGCE) Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: R9X1 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a good Honours degree in one of the following languages: French, German Spanish or Italian, or be a native speaker of one of these. Candidates should also have proficiency in a second language (up to A level standard). An extension course may meet the requirements. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. Visiting a school in the UK at the time of application is recommended. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. Key features n This course attracts a bursary n Offers

the opportunity to become a first class languages teacher

n Students

undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

n We

are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK

n We

are close to London and its cultural opportunities

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

About the course The Secondary PGCE in Modern Languages aims to develop the necessary skills to teach modern languages effectively, and make learning experiences for young people enjoyable and varied. It also seeks to foster a professional attitude amongst student teachers as well as a critical awareness of key issues of policy and practice underpinned by relevant evidence. In addition to placing an emphasis on the key principles of modern languages teaching and learning, the course explores the role of digital technologies in supporting teaching and learning, and it focuses on the international dimension of the curriculum. Student teachers are encouraged to take part in activities organised by cultural and educational institutions in the Greater London area. Successful applicants will undertake work placements in two schools to gain practical teaching experience. Throughout your placement you will benefit from the support of experienced teachers and develop your subject specialism(s). We accept student teachers from a wide range of language specialisms. Where students’ main specialism is a language other than French, given curriculum patterns in schools, we normally expect students to be able to offer French as a teaching language up to Key Stage 3 or take up a French Extension course prior to joining this course. This course aims to encourage student teachers to offer, in their practical teaching placements, as many languages as they are able to in order to diversify the languages provision of secondary schools. This may involve introducing them as extracurricular subjects in order to attract interest amongst pupils and continue to build on them as the school and its pupils progress. For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/getintoteaching/ for the latest information.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand in teaching posts throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: Language acquisition and language learning The methodology of teaching modern languages Planning, conducting and assessing learning Instructional materials design Exploring key issues such as motivation and notions of culture in language learning through innovative methodologies Embedding principles and practical approaches of mobile learning in the learning of languages Continuity and progression of modern languages through the key stages The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce Self-reflection and personal career development

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September

93


Education & Teaching University of Bedfordshire 2013 94

Secondary Education Physical Education (PGCE) Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: X9C6 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree or above in Physical Education or a related subject. A levels and/or GCSE qualifications in Physical Education are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and Mathematics in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream UK secondary school. Coaching experience and national governing body awards are also desirable. Due to the practical nature of the course, all applicants must be able to swim. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. Key features n Opportunity to be taught by outstanding practitioners n We

boast an impressive 100-year tradition of training Physical Education teachers and have an outstanding graduate employment rate

n We

are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK

www.beds.ac.uk 

n You

will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

About the course During the course, you will gain an understanding of the diverse nature of Physical Education and how it relates to young people, both in school and beyond. You will develop skills to teach a broad curriculum and explore a variety of approaches to promote high quality teaching and learning. Teaching is designed to model innovative and effective practice and includes opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a strong focus on exploring theory in practice. You will undertake two placements in different schools, in addition to observation of practice in a primary school. While on school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in teaching Physical Education. There are course assignments, but no formal examinations and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum 60 Master’s level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS. For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching for the latest information. Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand for teaching posts throughout the UK and abroad.

Areas of study include: The nature of physical education and the physical education curriculum Teaching and assessment for learning in physical education Practical areas: athletics, dance, games, gymnastics, health based physical education, outdoor and adventurous activities, and swimming Professional studies including behaviour management for learning

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

Location: Bedford campus

n We

Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: Chemistry F2X1, Physics F3X2, Biology CX11 Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant science subject, or a degree of which 50 per cent is in the relevant science. A levels in science subjects are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. For suitable applicants who want to train as teachers of chemistry but do not have sufficient knowledge and understanding of chemistry to allow them to teach the subject confidently, the University offers a 20-week chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course. This offers a period developing personal chemistry subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of chemistry. Key features n You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching for the latest information

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK

n We

boast an impressive record for training teachers

About the course Science is an exciting and rapidly progressing subject that is challenging to teach. During the course you will study science in the curriculum and develop the skills and experience necessary to teach scientific concepts in a variety of ways. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues and the content of the science curriculum, and practical issues such as lesson planning and assessment. You will explore a wide range of resources and teaching strategies available to present science in an interesting, informative and relevant way, including the use of practical and investigative work. You will also examine the role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in the teaching and learning of science. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a professionally focused course. You will undertake two placements in different schools in addition to observation practice in a primary school. Whilst on school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in science. Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are no formal examinations and the continuous assessment is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 Level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS. For details of finance visit: www.education.gov.uk/getintoteaching/ for the latest information. Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand in teaching posts throughout the UK.

Did you know? The University maintains excellent partnerships with over 500 schools and works closely with them to provide you with professionally focused courses and opportunities for work placements.

Areas of study include: The nature of science and the science curriculum Teaching and learning science Assessment for learning Subject enhancement and understanding of science 11-16 The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce Self-reflection and personal career development

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n You

Starts in: September

Education & Teaching

Secondary Education Science with Biology or Chemistry or Physics (PGCE)

95


Education & Teaching

Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement Starts in: January Location: Bedford campus Duration: 20 weeks Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: All applicants must have a confirmed offer of a place on a PGCE, GTP or SCITT programme with a recognised provider of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in England by the time the Enhancement course starts in January each year. For those applying to the University of Bedfordshire’s Secondary Mathematics PGCE, candidates must possess a minimum Second Class Honours degree with some relevance to mathematics plus A levels, or equivalent, in mathematics or physics. Students whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to hold IELTS with an average score of 6.0. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream UK school, is also required. All suitable applicants for PGCE will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those thinking of returning to education.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Key features n Offers the opportunity to enter Mathematics Initial Teacher Education courses

96

n You

may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit: www.education.gov. uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n There

are no fees to pay. For more information visit: www.education. gov.uk/get-into-teaching

n We

boast an impressive record for training teachers

n Ensures

confidence and competence in mathematics and focussed reflection on effective teaching of the subject

www.beds.ac.uk 

About the course The Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course offers a period of developing personal mathematics subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of mathematics. It provides an opportunity to train as a teacher of mathematics for those who do not have the majority of mathematics in their first degree. Mathematics can be engaging and exciting, and our aim is to develop teachers who share that belief and can convey it to pupils. We explore the connections found in school mathematics in order to develop depth of understanding and generate interest and excitement that will be sustained and transferred in the classroom. Teaching includes a broad range of approaches including individual, pair and group work, and practical and ICT-based activities.

linked to your intention to take up an Initial Teacher Education place following completion of the SKE course. You do not pay fees.

Candidates are offered a place on the SKE course on recommendation of an ITE provider. The course runs for 20 weeks from January to June and consists of 12 hours at the University and a minimum of 13 hours of independent study per week. On completion of the course, students follow the programme for the Secondary Mathematics ITE course for which their provisional place was offered.

Effective use of ICT as apparatus that supports the learning of mathematics

Participants on the Mathematics SKE course may be eligible for a Training Agency (TA) tax-free bursary which is

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Career opportunities Qualified mathematics teachers are in great demand throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: The range of mathematical topics included in the UK mathematics 1119 curriculum The wealth of connections which give mathematics its fascination and power The value of articulation and collaboration in the learning of mathematics

Reflection on personal experience of a range of teaching approaches

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time Course code GTTR: G5XC Open to: UK/EU/International students

Key features n We offer the opportunity to become an innovative teacher in Information Technology, becoming qualified to teach across a range of settings, including secondary schools and in FE n You

may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit: www.education.gov. uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n You

will undertake at least 120 days of practical school and college placements

n “Cluster-based

training supports central training well to provide a localised context for developing trainees’ understanding of how to relate theory to practice” (Ofsted report Nov 2011)

About the course Information Technology in schools and colleges is developing rapidly in order to prepare young people to take their place in the ‘information society’. One of the T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information. Career opportunities Graduates from our secondary courses are in great demand throughout the UK. This is particularly true within Information Technology as a subject area within the rapidly changing ICT curriculum. primary aims of the course is for you to become a competent and effective teacher of ICT within the changing context of secondary education. This course is particularly attractive to mature candidates in employment who are seeking a career change. You will acquire understanding of ICT within the context of the National Curriculum and within the 14–19 age curriculums in both schools and Further Education (FE) colleges. Teaching is through a blended learning approach, including lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. The University works in partnership with local schools and colleges to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in contrasting schools in addition to a placement with a post-16 provider. Achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation is through a continuous assessment process. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s level credits available. Students

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Did you know? Depending on your field of expertise, we will help you apply your years of professional knowledge in an educational setting.

Areas of study include: Curriculum development in Information Technology The organisation and management of teaching and learning in Information Technology Subject enhancement and understanding of Information Technology in the 14-19 curriculum The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce

To find out more contact Admissions: t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: admission@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: Candidates should possess a Second Class Honours degree or above, where ICT or its related components represent at least 50 per cent of the degree. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with young people in an educational setting, preferably a UK mainstream school. We actively encourage applications from mature students and those thinking of returning to education. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Education & Teaching

Secondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT (PGCE)

97


Health & Biological Science University of Bedfordshire 2013 98

The University offers a wide variety of health-related courses within its Faculties of Health and Social Sciences; Creative Arts, Technologies and Science; and the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS). We offer a variety of contemporary courses designed with medical, biomedical, nursing and allied health professionals in mind – from postgraduate degrees for Registered Nurses to public health options and the new Biomedical Engineering course. Our Park Square campus and the Butterfield Park site in Luton have specialist state-of-the-art facilities for postgraduate research students, and staff receive research funding from industry, research councils and leading charities. As a result of continued investment, the division has modern, well-equipped laboratories which include a new 50-seat lab, built for our postgraduate students. Our ongoing research activity is relevant to treating cancer, diabetes, chronic kidney diseases, neurodegenerative disorders and chronic infections.


Courses 102 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Advanced Nursing Studies 103 MSc Advanced Nursing Studies with Overseas Nursing Placement 104 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Advanced Practice 105 MSc Biomedical Engineering 106 MSc Biotechnology 107 PgCert Dental Education

Health & Biological Science

Health & Biological Science

108 PgCert Dental Law & Ethics 109 MSc Diabetes 110 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety 111

MSc Environmental Management*

112 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Health Studies 113 PgCert/PgDip/MA Medical Education 114 PgCert Medical Education Leadership 115 PgCert Medical Simulation 116 MSc Osteopathy 117 MSc Pharmacology

Associate Dean, Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School, and Lecturer in Medical Education

Scan the code to see what else Clare has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ claremorris

We consistently receive excellent feedback from our students and graduates, who tell us that our courses provide a springboard to new roles and responsibilities within their professional contexts – and new career pathways. We offer a holistic approach, academic rigour and learning relevant to the workplace, while valuing individual students’ needs and ensuring their professional development is at the centre of everything we do.

118 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Public Health (taught) 118 MSc Public Health (distance learning) 119 PgCert Research Methods 120 PgDip/MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting, School Nursing) 120 MSc Specialist Community (District) Nursing 121 Professional Doctorate in Health Related Studies Have you also considered...? 22

MBA Hospital and Health Services Management

57

Executive MBA (Healthcare)

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime *Subject to approval

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Dr Clare Morris

99


Health & Biological Science

Why choose Bedfordshire? Many of our postgraduate health courses are taught at our purpose-built, awardwinning Butterfield Park in Luton, which houses a mix of networked computer suites and skills labs, plus a brand-new Simulation Centre. Similarly, our new Buckinghamshire campus at Oxford House in Aylesbury has been designed with healthcare students in mind Our Putteridge Bury campus links to all the major clinical and academic centres across Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Courses are designed mindful of the competing demands on our students, many of whom work full-time in the NHS. Interactive study days are combined with supported online learning and innovative assessment practices, making strong connections between issues in practice and course content We have more than 30 years experience running bioscience courses Access to up-to-date, well equipped labs offering a modern working environment and modern working techniques

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Excellent transport links, with London only 30 minutes from the University by train

100

Faculty of Health and Social Sciences (HSS) Our innovative courses attract students from a diverse range of clinical backgrounds and we offer a flexible, work-based approach to teaching and learning that encourages reflective practice. All postgraduate work is informed by research and grounded in a robust evidence base. The faculty’s research is undertaken in the Institute for Health Research (IHR), which aims to engage in collaborative research at local and international level, and to create research partnerships with purchasers and providers of healthcare, within the professions, industry and the independent sector. Research areas include: n  Healthcare

inequalities

n  Primary

healthcare

n  Chronic

disease management

n  Health

policy, organisational development and educational research

n  Sports

therapy

See page 185 for more information. The Institute for Health Research carries out topical research which impacts. policy and practice, including work on health inequalities and the health needs of the UK’s multi-ethnic and multi-faith population.

Faculty of Creative Arts, Technologies and Science (CATS)

The faculty brings together a range of disciplines, to generate innovative courses relevant to today’s marketplace. A wide spectrum of research is undertaken by staff in the Division of Science who are also members of the Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Science and Technologies (iBEST). Research activity in human disease, health and wellbeing, and environmental


Health & Biological Science

science is particularly relevant to our expanding portfolio of postgraduate courses which includes the MSc Biotechnology, the MSc Pharmacology, the MSc Biomedical Engineering and the brand-new MSc Environmental Management.

Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS)

The Postgraduate Medical School, based at our Putteridge Bury campus, works collaboratively with a range of partners to design high-quality postgraduate courses and Continuing Professional Development opportunities for medical, dental and healthcare professionals. Key areas of activity include medical education, leadership and simulation, dental education, public health and diabetes. Courses are underpinned by contemporary research within the Institute for Health Research (led by Professor Gurch Randhawa) and the Institute for Diabetes in the Older Person (led by Professor Alan Sinclair, Dean of BHPMS).

Emma Amir-Ebrahimi

Scan the code to see what else Emma has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ emmaamirebrahimi

Postgraduate study in the biological science area gives you the foundation to enter many different careers, such as medicine, psychiatry, forensics, microbiology, haematology or medical equipment sales.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

PhD Student, Division of Science

101


Health & Biological Science

Advanced Nursing Studies Starts in: September, February or May Location: Luton campus, Park Square; and Butterfield Park, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: An Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or exceptional evidence of previous advanced study, research and professional experience. Applicants’ previous study must be related to nursing. International and EU Applicants will need an IELTS score of 6.0, an Honours degree relating to nursing from a recognised university and registration with a Nursing Council. Previous post-registered clinical experience is advantageous in helping students apply concepts to their practice. Key features n It enables you to focus on your discipline area n Contributions

from an experienced multidisciplinary course team

n Innovative

in its approach, with a strong emphasis on theoretical learning

n Unique

combination of subject areas applicable to advanced practice

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

About the course The course has been designed to enable you to build on your existing knowledge base and be more confident with complex decision-making skills and clinical competencies for expanded practice. It integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

On completing this course, students could progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; consultancy; managerial positions; health and social care policy development; teaching; and research and development.

Areas of study include:

This is a full-time academic course and does not offer clinical placements during the course or lead to registration as a nurse in the UK.

Clinical reasoning in nursing assessment and diagnosis

Career opportunities Health professionals are increasingly aware of the need to provide advanced practice within the context of healthcare agendas.

Evidence-based learning

Nurses have to operate in increasingly complex organisations and be familiar with advancing practice in all areas of healthcare. This course offers an opportunity for experienced nurses to develop their knowledge and prepare for taking lead roles in key developments. Home-based students are required to apply their new knowledge to their work environment.

team has extensive experience in supporting students from overseas

Supervising learning and development Assessing and evaluating performance

To find out more contact Andrew Humphries: t: +44 (0)1582 489 145 e: andrew.humphries@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

Nursing management of multiple health needs

102

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


(MSc) Overseas nurses who undertake the ONP for registration in the UK will have the opportunity to become proficient in a new environment, as well as developing their theoretical frameworks.

Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square; and Butterfield Park, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students

Key features n It enables you to focus on your discipline area n Contributions

from an experienced multidisciplinary course team

n Innovative

in its approach, with a strong emphasis on theoretical learning

n Unique

combination of subject areas applicable to advanced practice

n Opportunity

for suitably qualified nurses from overseas to gain registration in the UK as a nurse. This is subject to each candidate obtaining a decision letter to proceed from the NMC and fulfilling the above criteria for entry

n The

team has extensive experience in supporting students from overseas

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

On completing this course, students could progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; consultancy; managerial positions; health and social care policy development; teaching; and research and development.

Did you know? This course offers a unique combination of study areas and the ideal opportunity for overseas qualified nurses to gain registration in the UK.

Areas of study include: n Excellent

transport links, with London only 30 minutes from the University by train

About the course The course has been designed to enable you to build on your existing knowledge base and be more confident with complex decision-making skills and clinical competencies for expanded practice. It integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice. Career opportunities Health professionals are increasingly aware of the need to provide advanced practice within the context of healthcare agendas. Nurses have to operate in increasingly complex organisations and be familiar with advancing practice in all areas of healthcare. This course offers an opportunity for experienced nurses to develop their knowledge and prepare for taking lead roles in key developments.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Clinical reasoning in nursing assessment and diagnosis Nursing management of multiple health needs Evidence-based learning Supervising learning and development Assessing and evaluating performance Overseas nursing placement (only for candidates who fulfil the criteria for entry onto the register as stated in the entry requirements)

To find out more contact Andrew Humphries: t: +44 (0)1582 489 145 e: andrew.humphries@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: This is a full-time academic course with the opportunity to undertake the Overseas Nursing Placement (ONP) to become registered on the Nursing Midwifery Council and practice as a nurse in the UK. Applicants will need an IELTS of 7.0 in each of the four elements (reading, writing, listening, speaking), an Honours degree relating to nursing from a recognised university and registration with a Nursing Council. You must successfully pass an occupational health and CRB check before undertaking a placement. Additionally, you will be required to obtain a Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) decision letter that does not expire before the end of your placement; and two original references. You must state on your application form your intention to undertake the overseas nursing placement. Previous post-registration clinical experience is advantageous in helping students apply concepts to their practice.

Health & Biological Science

Advanced Nursing Studies with Overseas Nursing Placement (ONP)

103


Health & Biological Science

Advanced Practice

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square; Buckinghamshire campus, Aylesbury; and Butterfield Park, Luton Duration: 2 years part-time Open to: UK students Entry requirements: You should have a Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or, exceptionally, evidence of previous advanced study, research or professional nursing or midwifery experience. Applicants must currently be working as a registered health professional within the NHS or independent sector. Key features n It enables you to focus on your specialist area of clinical practice n It

takes an evidence-based approach and involves key staff who are actively engaged in clinical practice and research

n Relates

theory to practice and practice to theory

n Incorporates

University of Bedfordshire 2013

learning

104

innovative and flexible

About the course Exciting changes in healthcare provision, research, client needs, technology and practice have all had a major effect on the work of the health professional in the 21st century. Therefore, it is essential that practitioners providing care are equipped with the most up-todate skills and knowledge in order to provide the most appropriate care to people using their services.

you become efficient at managing your own clinical case loads and undertaking advanced health assessment, as well as developing your diagnostic reasoning skills. These issues will relate strongly to the ever-changing climate within healthcare arising from Agenda for Change; the National Health Service Plan; Skills for Health; the Knowledge and Skills Framework; Nursing and Midwifery Council recommendations for 2012 for Advanced Practice; the Royal College of Nursing; and other government health initiatives and agendas such as the National Service Frameworks (NSFs). Career opportunities As healthcare continues to evolve and change, it is important that practitioners are prepared to a level at which they can deliver an effective and efficient service. Alongside the development of new approaches to care, this course will provide participants with the necessary skills and knowledge to enable them to develop and expand advanced clinical practice roles within their organisations. On completing this MSc course, students are likely to progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; nurse consultant posts; managerial positions; teaching; and research and development.

Areas of study include: Assessment and diagnostic skills Managing multiple health needs Influencing people and organisations Project management in health and social care The option units currently available in the second term include: Assessing and evaluating performance Examination of the newborn Human factors, environment and design in patient safety Personal development planning (PDP) learning contract Nurse and midwife independent and supplementary prescribing Supervising learning and development

To find out more contact Anthony McGrath: t: +44 (0)1582 743 870 e: anthony.mcgrath@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

This course has been developed to embrace the dynamic challenges faced by advanced practitioners in a modern healthcare setting. It therefore integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice. By building on your existing knowledge base, and by providing you with the necessary advanced theoretical and clinical expertise, this course will help

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students* Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n This course offers a unique combination of core subject areas in basic Bioscience, and Biomedical Engineering and development n The teaching team comprises leading specialists and research-active staff at the University n High-quality, broad-based training in Biomedical Engineering underpinned by a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills About the course Biomedical Engineering can be defined as the application of biotechnology to problems in human medicine. The discipline itself has emerged to bring together the principles of engineering with those in the bioscience aligned to medicine. It is a highly interdisciplinary field and includes a large number of sub-specialties where research expertise is brought together in various combinations to create new products, instrumentation or software to advance biology and improve healthcare. Underpinning this course is an understanding of cell and molecular biology. From this students will then be exposed to a number of key areas in Biomedical Engineering including: computational, which should allow students to understand T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

the potential of genomic analysis and its relationship to the emerging field of proteomic and metabonomic analysis; medical imaging and cryobiology will detail principles of protein localisation in cells and tissues, methods of cell and tissue visualisation through to the use of whole body imaging by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); finally, tissue engineering will build on the students’ existing understanding of maintenance of cells in vitro and the development of methods to create three-dimensional cultures and tissues. Our students will participate in individual projects with the aim of extending their range of practical skills in the context of research. Career opportunities Biomedical Engineering is, together with Biotechnology, one of the UK’s leading, cutting-edge industrial sectors. The UK also has the dominant market position in the European market. Similar growth is also visible in India and China where considerable emphasis is being placed on the development of hi-tech, strongly science-based industries. This demonstrates that the course will generate graduates who will move into a major industrial growth area.

Typical career destinations include: pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries; academic institutions; the public and private healthcare sectors. *This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP) and visa allowing them to study part-time.

Areas of study include:

Health & Biological Science

Starts in: September or February

(MSc)

Cell and molecular biology Computational biology Medical imaging and cryobiology Biomaterials and tissue engineering Laboratory-based research project Medical imaging and cryobiology

To find out more contact Dr Guy Grant: t: +44 (0)1582 743 566 e: guy.grant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

Dr John Reynolds Principal Lecturer in Biomedical Science

Scan the code to see what else John has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ johnreynolds

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

We have exclusive laboratories for postgraduate students, where they can undertake their research projects in the depth that they require. The employability of our postgraduate students is very good. Many students go on to do Phd’s either at Bedfordshire or various research institutes all over the world.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Biomedical Engineering

105


Health & Biological Science

Biotechnology

(MSc)

Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants should have good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The course provides high-quality, broad-based training in biotechnology, providing a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills n The

experienced teaching team consists of research-active specialists in academic disciplines related to biotechnology, drawn from institutions across the UK

academic staff have extensive experience in supervising the training of postgraduate research students and the practical projects of postgraduate students on taught courses

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

106

academic research opportunities or possible employment in related spin-out companies. Therefore, this Biotechnology degree will support graduates seeking careers in biotechnology industries, including pharmaceutical and food companies; academic institutions; health-related industries, including the NHS; and other public organisations.

Starts in: September or February

Areas of study include: Analytical methods biotechnology industries. The underlying biochemistry will be explained at an advanced level. Laboratory-based projects will be offered in one of the four taught themes – (i) molecular biology, (ii) computational biology, (iii) applied microbiology and (iv) analytical biology – to provide our graduates with the laboratory skills required for subsequent employment in biotech/pharmaceutical industries or academia. Career opportunities Biotechnology is one of the UK’s leading manufacturing sectors and it is a rapidly developing and expanding industry in many other countries, including China and India. It is also a rapidly growing area in universities, providing

About the course MSc Biotechnology course covers comprehensively the core subjects of modern Biotechnology: through an advanced understanding of molecular and computational biology to applied microbiology. The aim of the course is to provide students with an understanding of how microbes can be used on an industrial scale to benefit humankind. New technologies in molecular biology, microbiology and computational biology will be taught and an insight given into how these methodologies are applied in

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Applied microbiology Computational biology Molecular biology Research project

To find out more contact Dr Arthur Hosie: t: +44 (0)1582 743 203 e: arthur.hosie@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

Aishwarya Shivashankarappa MSc Biotechnology student

The Professors who teach on the course are highly experienced, and the guidance and support from them is very good.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or January Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students* Entry requirements: This postgraduate course is open to individuals who have a first degree (or equivalent qualification or experience) in dentistry, nursing and allied dental professions. It may also be available to those from other backgrounds (eg healthcare managers and educational developers) who wish to develop their knowledge of education, training and leadership in the context of dentistry. When applying you will meet the course leader to discuss your learning needs and requirements, and the appropriateness of the course to meet these. Members of the course team will be happy to discuss your eligibilty for the course and how it may meet your professional learning and development needs. Key features n This innovative, flexible course combines study days with supported online learning n The

experienced, interdisciplinary course team are established medical and dental educators with experience spanning undergraduate and postgraduate dental, medical and healthcare education

n The

course has a unique focus on the development of dental educators for staff working in NHS, HEI and private sector contexts

n The

PgCert in Dental Education is accredited by the Higher Education Academy, leading to fellowship of the HEA

About the course This innovative course combines study days, workshops and masterclasses with remote access online learning. The course is likely to appeal to dental professionals who are engaged in education and/or training in primary or secondary care dental settings. Those who are teaching dental students or courses related to dentistry, such as those for dental nurses, therapists, hygienists or technicians, are also encouraged to apply. The course has a practice-based approach, designed to address the development needs of those new to dental education and training, and those with experience. It has a flexible structure, with clear pathways to higher awards (PgDip and MA in Medical Education), as well as the opportunity to engage in stand-alone units or study days for Continuing Professional Development purposes. The course places clear emphasis on the development of dental educator skills and also affords opportunities to explore

Elinor Japp Dentist, PgCert in Dental Education graduate

The course entertained, challenged and stimulated me intellectually, professionally and personally. It has fundamentally changed the way I think and improved my practice.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

interprofessional, interdisciplinary and disciplinary specific aspects of education and training. Education and training in dentistry have undergone significant reform in the past decade, creating new challenges and opportunities for those with educational roles and responsibilities. Visiting experts will make regular contributions to study days, masterclasses and online activity.

Health & Biological Science

(PgCert)

Career opportunities This course supports the development of individuals who wish to pursue explicit educational and/or educational leadership roles in the context of dental education. *This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP) and visa allowing them to study part-time.

Areas of study include: Dental education in practice – focuses on aspects of dental teaching including tutorials, supervision and chairside teaching; also includes observation of teaching in your workplace Contemporary educational perspectives – explores the ways in which theories of learning shape, influence and allow us to develop our teaching, learning and assessment practices Workplace-based learning – offers a contemporary analysis of workplacebased learning and assessment and how to enhance their effectiveness

To find out more contact Victoria Martin: t: +44 (0)1582 489 006 e: victoria.martin@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Dental Education

107


Health & Biological Science

Dental Law & Ethics Starts in: October or January each year Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: This postgraduate course is open to individuals who have a first degree (or equivalent qualification or experience) in dentistry, dental nursing and allied dental professions. Key features n The only university accredited course in Law and Ethics specifically for dental professionals n A

practice-based course addressing aspects of law and ethics in dentistry

n Opportunities

to tailor assessments to relevant areas of professional interest and/or workplace need

n Combines

face-to-face study with online learning

(PgCert)

About the course This innovative and dynamic course has been designed specifically for dental care professionals, working in a range of dental care contexts. The course provides unique opportunities to critically examine dental care and practice from relevant ethical, legal and professional standpoints. This part-time course combines study days (eight in total), with supported on-line learning and self-directed study. You will be taught by dentists and other health and social care professionals with legal and ethical expertise. You will have an opportunity to tailor assessment tasks in ways that allow you to deal with real issues you encounter in your professional lives. Tutor support for assessment activities is provided. This practice-based approach is designed to address the various needs of those who are relatively new to dental practice as well as those who are more experienced.

Career opportunities Designed to develop the skills and practices of dental care professionals with an interest in legal and ethical dental practice. The course promotes a strong action orientation and is likely to be of relevance to those who wish to enhance their legal role in dental practice and other settings (eg practice managers, clinical leads), indemnity organisations, primary care organisations or to legal firms as expert witnesses.

Did you know? This is the only university accredited course in Dental Law and Ethics within the UK, that is specific to dental staff. This course focuses on enabling dentists to work with professionally relevant legal and ethical principles, considering the ways in which these principles influence their everyday practice.

Areas of study include: Legal, ethical and professional frameworks that underpin dental practice

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Comprehensive view on aspects of dental law as it relates to dental care and practice

108

To find out more contact Dr Hoda Wassif: t: +44 (0)1582 489 224 e: hoda.wassif@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Career opportunities You will have the opportunity to gain a high-quality postgraduate qualification and to specialise in the area diabetes. You will gain a firm foundation in the design, implementation and evaluation of clinical research activity in both practice and higher education settings. You will then be able to apply this knowledge and skills to foster your career development either as a doctor in training, or other health professional.

Starts in: September but admissions throughout the year Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: Usually 2-3 years (but up to 6 years) part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students* Entry requirements: You should normally have an undergraduate degree in medicine or in a health-related profession, with at least one year of full-time practice (or equivalent) at post-registration level. Healthcare professionals without a degree who have professional qualifications with normally three years’ experience postregistration will be considered. Key features n The Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School has a strategic campus at Putteridge Bury and links to all the major clinical and academic centres in both counties; a new Institute of Diabetes for Older People (IDOP) was launched in May 2008 and is undertaking some key studies with funding from the Department of Health and the European Union n The

teaching teams comprise senior NHS specialists led by Professor Alan Sinclair, who is a leading international figure in medicine and diabetes; he directs a major programme in diabetes research and also leads on several national and international initiatives

n Close

links with the University of Hertfordshire and Cranfield University are being developed to enable more collaboration in diabetes learning and teaching

n A

distance learning course in Diabetes at Master’s level is under development

About the course This course is designed to enhance the academic capabilities, including clinical research methodology skills, of medical and healthcare practitioners, and to meet their Continuing Professional

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Health & Biological Science

(MSc)

*This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP) and visa allowing them to study part-time.

Development needs. It aims to equip healthcare practitioners with the knowledge and skills to engage positively in a wide spectrum of academic activities. Working within the NHS is not mandatory since the course will also benefit those in other health-related areas. Students from overseas will find that the friendly and supportive environment within the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS) assists them in adapting to this blended-learning course. On successful completion of the course, you will have developed a wide range of skills, knowledge and attitudes with which to undertake greater involvement in clinical practice and research activity using an evidence-based framework. The highly experienced and supportive teaching team will help you to develop a critical, analytical and reflective stance towards medical education and its practice. The course includes a combination of face-to-face study days and independent study, as well as various assessment methods. Student feedback confirms that excellent support is available throughout the course.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Did you know? This course is delivered almost entirely by senior NHS specialists and all units have practical guidance on diabetes care in most clinical settings.

Areas of study include: Research methodology Project preparation Evidence-based medicine Ethical and legal aspects Detailed areas of study relating to the specialism of diabetes

To find out more contact Professor Alan Sinclair: t: +44 (0)1582 743 285 e: alan.sinclair@beds.ac.uk Maureen Edovic: t: +44 (0)1582 743 988 e: maureen.edovic@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Diabetes

109


Health & Biological Science

Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety Starts in: October

n We

Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park, Luton Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or, exceptionally, evidence of previous advanced study, research or professional experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n We have good links with local organisations who lead in the delivery of the patient safety agenda University has worked with organisations at a national level on safer care initiatives

About the course This MSc Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety, is one of the first in the UK to deal specifically with the patient safety agenda. Safer care is a key priority of the Department of Health, as evidenced by the fact that it is the first objective in the Standards for Better Health document (DH, 2004). Since its creation in 2001, the National Patient Safety Agency (NPSA) has concentrated much of its efforts on facilitating organisational and occupational change to promote patient safety. It is therefore clear that senior healthcare staff need to support and drive the patient safety agenda as an integral part of their work role. Offering this high quality programme at Master’s level meets the continuing professional development (CPD) needs of the staff involved in delivering the objectives of the Department of Health and its partner organisations such as the NPSA and the NHS Institute for Innovation.

Career opportunities The drivers for enhanced quality and patient safety will continue to grow. Practitioners achieving this qualification will be well placed to participate and lead in the developments that are being made and planned within the patient safety arena.

Areas of study include: The nature and frequency of patient safety incidence Safety culture and root cause analysis Risk assessment and solution development Human factors and design improvements for safer care Implementing patient safety solutions

To find out more contact Frank Milligan: t: +44 (0)1582 743 825 e: frank.milligan@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

are one of the first educational organisations in this country to offer this type of course

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

110

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Health & Biological Science

(MSc)

*Subject to approval Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 12 months full-time (intensive); otherwise 18 months. Part-time 3 years Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Honours degree at 2:2 or above in a relevant scientific subject i.e. biological, ecological or environmental related science. Applications may also be considered from candidates with relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Unique combination of environmental, ecological and biotechnological sciences, combined with environmental project management skills n Our

teaching team includes internationally recognised academics – as well as guest lectures and talks from government and industry scientists

n Focus

on key industry related employability skills

About the course The MSc Environmental Management course will provide a deep understanding of key theoretical and practical skills relating to global environmental change (including, but not limited to climate change). The course also empowers graduates with the key skills to effectively manage a changing environment (from scientific skills such as predicting changes and optimising environmental processes such as food production using biotechnology based methods, to management skills such as understanding of legislative and

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

economic processes in an international context). Each subject covered will draw upon the latest scientific literature, knowledge of academic staff (who are key researchers in many of the areas taught) and where appropriate, guest lecturers from other leading academics, government agency scientists or managers and industry professionals. The key strengths of the course are the integration of environmental science, biotechnological methods and project management to sustainably manage the environment, biodiversity and ecosystem services (and the economic value of these services, such as food security, clean water and elimination of waste) in a world that is changing through diverse anthropogenic activities. Career opportunities The course will support graduates seeking careers in environmental science and management from a wide range of employment opportunities in the public and private sectors provided by environmental and ecological consultancies, environmental and agricultural research organisations, academic institutions, environmental agencies and other organisations in the following key areas: n Research

and development

n Environmental

risk assessments

n Environmental

biotechnology and

food security

n GM

trials and other biotechnology related environmental risks

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

n Environmental

Assessments

and Ecological Impact

n Environmental

Data Analysis, Scientific Writing and Information Systems

Did you know? Topical areas are covered in detail by this course, including climate change, food security and environmental sustainability, all of which are areas of high priority for funding and research for most national governments and industrial research and development internationally.

Areas of study include: Global environmental change Environmental biotechnology Environmental project management

To find out more contact Dr Rick Stafford: t: +44 (0)1234 400 400 (ext. 2142) e: richard.stafford@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Environmental Management*

111


Health & Biological Science

Health Studies

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park Duration: 2 years part-time Open to: UK students Entry requirements: You should have a Diploma in Nursing or an Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, and relevant professional experience. Key features n It is offered in a flexible format n It

enables you to follow your own subject discipline

n It

enables you to gain credit for your professional experiences

About the course This course offers you the unique opportunity to have your professional experience recognised by the award of up to 90 Master’s level academic credits through the Accreditation of Prior and Experimental Learning (APEL) process. You may also use Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL) acquired at other institutions.

You have the opportunity to build your own programme of learning that meets your specific learning needs with the aim of improving your employability prospects. If you wish to make an APEL claim against your practice experience you will be required to undertake an APEL Portfolio. All students accessing this course will be expected to complete a Personal Development Planning (PDP) learning contract to demonstrate how their chosen units relate to their personal and professional development. Career opportunities You are expected to complete a learning contract that actively engages you in the process of PDP. The units you select will be specifically related to your career development. After completing this course you may wish to progress into the following areas: senior roles in health and social care environments; specialist practitioner roles; teaching roles; research; consultancy; and health/social service management.

Areas of study include: The course is tailor-made to each individual applicant using a Personal Development Planning (PDP) learning contract and option units. The option units currently available include: Assessment and diagnostic skills Assessing and evaluating performance Examination of the newborn Human factors, environment and design in patient safety Influencing people and organisations Managing multiple health needs Nurse and midwife independent and supplementary prescribing Patient safety Project management in health and social care Supervising learning and development Leadership in healthcare practice

University of Bedfordshire 2013

To find out more contact Jacqueline England: t: +44 (0)1582 743 481 e: jacqueline.england@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

112

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 2-5 years part-time Open to: UK/EU students Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or a related healthcare discipline. It may also be open to graduates with interests in educational or faculty development in these areas. Key features n This innovative, flexible course combines study days with supported online learning n Specialist

PgCert awards in Dental Education, Medical Education Leadership and Medical Simulation are available

n The

experienced course team bring expertise from higher and professional education contexts and are recognised for their innovative approaches to faculty development in medicine and dentistry

About the course This flexible course is designed for those with an interest in education in the context of medicine and/or health. Current students include hospital doctors, GPs, dentists, nursing, midwifery and allied health professionals working in NHS, Deanery, Higher Education and independent sector contexts. The PgCert in Medical Education is accredited by the Higher Education Academy (HEA), leading to fellowship of the HEA.

supported self-directed study. It offers stand-alone interim awards at PgCert and PgDip and has recognised entry routes from our specialist PgCert pathways in Dental Education, Medical Simulation and Medical Education Leadership see pages 107, 114 and 115. There are specified Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) routes for individuals who have already completed a PgCert in an equivalent area and an entry by advanced standing route for experienced educators.

Areas of study include:

The course positions medical and healthcare education in its contemporary professional, policy and practice contexts. There is an explicit focus on the development of a full range of medical educator and educational leadership skills and the approaches to learning, teaching and assessment are designed to ensure that your practice is underpinned by sound theoretical principles.

Simulation in practice

Each unit provides opportunities to engage in work-related professional development activity and the highly experienced and supportive course team will help you develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards medical and healthcare education and its practice. Career opportunities Increasingly there is an expectation that those who are involved in education and training in both NHS and Higher Education contexts, should have a postgraduate qualification in learning and teaching.

The course is aligned to appropriate professional standards and is therefore suitable for educational and clinical supervisors, as well as those wishing to become GP Trainers. The MA Medical Education course has been designed with the needs of busy professional people in mind. Each unit combines two to five focused study days (over a three-month period) with interactive online learning and

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Past students have commented that engagement in the course has broadened career opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational roles and responsibilities.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Medical education in practice Dental education in practice

Health & Biological Science

Starts in: September, January or April

(PgCert/PgDip/MA)

Educational policy and leadership Contemporary educational perspectives Workplace-based learning Promoting professionalism Curriculum in practice Professional development Faculty development Evidence-based medical education Medical education project

To find out more contact Dr Clare Morris: t: +44 (0)1582 743 868 e: clare.morris@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

Dr Claire Colebourn Consultant Intensivist, John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford MA Medical Education graduate

The course is a real career springboard and it has made my working life a lot more fulfilling. It was undoubtedly the best thing I have done since qualifying.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Medical Education

113


Health & Biological Science

Medical Education Leadership

(PgCert) Career opportunities Increasingly, there is a growing expectation that those involved in education and training in medical and Higher Education contexts should have a relevant postgraduate qualification. Past students have commented that engagement in this course has broadened opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the recognition, impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational and/or leadership roles and responsibilities. This course is therefore relevant for those with formal leadership roles or for practitioners wishing to influence policy and practice.

Starts in: September, January or April Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 1-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, nursing, allied health or social care. It may also be available to those from other backgrounds who wish to develop their knowledge of education, training and leadership in medicine and/ or health (eg healthcare managers and educational developers). Key features n An innovative, flexible course combining study days with supported online learning n Core

and optional units allow tailoring to interests and role

n Experienced

interdisciplinary course team who have local/national advisory and consultancy roles

n Focus

on the development of educational leadership capabilities for those with formal leadership roles or for practitioners wishing to influence policy and practice

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Relevant

114

About the course This flexible course is designed for those engaged in teaching, learning and assessment and/or workforce development within medical, dental and healthcare contexts. Current students include hospital doctors and managers, GPs, dentists, vets, osteopaths, nursing, midwifery and allied health professionals working in NHS, Deanery, Higher Education and independent sector contexts. Our students often comment on the richness of learning opportunities provided by these multidisciplinary cohorts. The design of the Postgraduate Certificate in Medical Education Leadership has been informed

www.beds.ac.uk 

by the work of the NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement models of Leadership. The structure and delivery of the curriculum recognises the need for busy professionals to relate their learning directly to their current and future roles. Each unit within the award combines three or four focused study days (over a three-month period) with interactive online learning and supported selfdirected study. There is an explicit focus on the development of a range of educational and developmental leadership skills and all learning and teaching approaches are underpinned by sound theoretical educational and leadership principles. The assessment for and of learning is supported by a highly experienced and accessible team who enable learners to develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards leadership in medical, dental and healthcare education and workforce development. Students choose to undertake this qualification as a stand-alone certificate or as a recognised entry route into the PgDip or MA in Medical Education.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Did you know? This innovative and flexible course has been designed with the needs of medical and healthcare professionals in mind, giving you the opportunity to share practices and knowledge with a wide range of individuals working in these fields.

Areas of study include: Educational policy and leadership (core) Professional development (optional) Promoting professionalism (optional) Faculty development (optional) Workplace-based learning (optional)

To find out more contact Linda Jones: t: +44 (0)1582 743 798 e: linda.jones@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September, January or April Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton and Luton campus, Butterfield Park Duration: 1-3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or a related healthcare discipline. It may also be open to graduates with interests in educational or faculty development in these areas. Key features n This flexible course combines study days with supported online learning n Opportunity

to rehearse, critique and develop core facilitation skills which maximise learning in simulated settings

n Assessment

activity is related to realworld issues, with options to tailor to your own work context

n The

experienced course team bring expertise from higher and professional education contexts and are recognised for their innovative approaches to faculty development in medicine and dentistry

(PgCert) About the course This flexible course is designed for those with an interest in the educational uses of simulation in medicine and/or health. Current students include hospital doctors, general practitioners, nurses and midwives working in NHS and Higher Education contexts. Whilst simulation is now well embedded within medical and healthcare education and training, its use is often adopted uncritically. This course explores both the ‘thinking behind’ the use of simulation and the ways in which its educational use can be enhanced. It also provides opportunities to rehearse approaches to the use of simulation in our state-of-the-art simulation centre and to tailor assessment elements in line with professional interests and needs. The PgCert course has been designed with the needs of busy professional people in mind. There is one core unit – simulation in practice – and one optional unit. Each unit combines four study days (over one term) with interactive online learning and supported self-directed study. Our learning, teaching and assessment strategy fosters the development of educational approaches which are underpinned by sound theoretical principles. Each unit allows some scope to engage in work-related professional

development activity and the highly experienced and supportive course team will help you develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards using medical simulation. The PgCert in Medical Simulation provides a pathway into our highly regarded MA in Medical Education for those who wish to develop their interests and expertise further. Career opportunities Increasingly there is an expectation that those who are involved in education and training in both NHS and Higher Education contexts, should have a postgraduate qualification in learning and teaching. Past students have commented that engagement in the course has broadened career opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational roles and responsibilities.

Health & Biological Science

Medical Simulation

Did you know? Our new state-of-the-art Simulation Centre provides students with opportunities to practise approaches to the use of simulation in education or staff training.

Areas of study include: Contemporary educational perspectives Workplace-based learning

To find out more contact Tony Kemp: t: +44 (0)1582 489 090 e: tony.kemp@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/healths

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Simulation in practice

115


Health & Biological Science University of Bedfordshire 2013 116

Osteopathy

(MSc)

Starts in: September Location: British School of Osteopathy, London Duration: 4 years full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: The normal minimum requirements for entry onto the Master’s in Osteopathy course are five GCSE’s at grades A-C including Mathematics and English language and three A Levels at which are to include Biology and one other science (preferably Chemistry). A typical offer is three A Levels at grades BBC. As an alternative to A Levels, AVCE, BTEC National Diplomas, Access Certificates, Scottish Highers, Irish Leaving Certificates, International Baccalaureates and a large number of home and overseas qualifications with relevant science content at an appropriate level are accepted. Students whose first language is not English are required to demonstrate fluency in both written and spoken English. A wide range of English language qualifications are accepted, including IELTS and TOEFL. All prospective students are required to attend an Interview and Evaluation Day during which prospective students are normally required to perform a range of aptitude tests, a written English test and a personal interview in order to demonstrate their suitability for the profession and the BSO.

successful completion, you will be able to practice as an osteopath. Osteopathy is a primary health care system, similar to physiotherapy and complementary to other medical practices. Osteopaths primarily work through the neuro-musculoskeletal system, mostly on muscles and joints, using holistic and patient-centred approaches. Career opportunities The majority of students leaving the BSO become self-employed osteopaths. Opportunities in osteopathy are increasing and, as the public awareness of osteopathy grows, there is an increasing demand for qualified and registered osteopaths. Although most osteopaths work on a self-employed basis in the private sector, there are increasing opportunities to develop your career in a multidisciplinary environment. Developing links between the National Health Service and the osteopathic profession mean that there are

opportunities to work within hospitals, in partnership with doctors in general practice and in community health centres.

Areas of study include: Human anatomy, physiology and pathology Osteopathic technique, ethics and philosophy Practice management and business

To find out more contact Admissions at the British School of Osteopathy: t: +44 (0)20 7089 5316 e: admissions@bso.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/osteopathy

Key features n Practical training with experienced osteopaths n A

student-centred approach to academic and clinical training

n Opportunities

to work with patients in a wide variety of clinical settings

n Teaching

and learning to help you develop your own learning style

About the course Osteopathy is a four year course that leads to professional registration with the General Osteopathic Council. Upon

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


(MSc)

Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students* Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistryrelated subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Unique in its combination of core subject areas in drug research and development, all of which draw upon the latest developments in laboratory and clinical practice in pharmacology n The

teaching team comprises leading specialists and research-active staff at the University, as well as in other institutions, pharmaceutical industries, government agencies and NHS sectors

You will gain an in-depth knowledge of individual examples of drug development throughout and specialise in selected areas towards the end of the course, culminating with a laboratory research project chosen in one of these areas. Intensive laboratory practical experience and a research project are vital parts of training at Master’s level in Science. This course is designed to provide wider choices of laboratory-based research projects by applying state-of-the-art technologies and instruments under supervision of the research-active staff in the division. Career opportunities The course will support graduates seeking careers in drug research and development by offering a wide range of employment opportunities provided by pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries, academic institutions, the NHS and other public organisations. Key areas include: Higher Education (MPhil/PhD); drug design; pre-clinical research in experimental and biological studies; pharmacogenomics and proteomics clinical research; drug registration; licensing and regulatory affairs; medical information; medical sales; medical writing; and cell and molecular-based technologies.

n High-quality,

broad-based training in pharmacology underpinned by a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

*This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP) and visa allowing them to study parttime. Distance learning is not available to international students.

Did you know? The Division of Science has invested £1m to create a new laboratory facility for postgraduate students, providing the division with a suite of modern, well-equipped labs.

Areas of study include: Cell and molecular biology Drug discovery and development Molecular pharmacology Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics Research project

To find out more contact Dr Zheying Zhu: t: +44 (0)1582 743 476 e: zheying.zhu@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

University of Bedfordshire 2013

About the course The MSc Pharmacology course is designed to allow students to gain a broad overview of drug discovery and development; mechanisms of drug action at molecular level; drug treatment of relevant human diseases; and practical experiences of cell and molecular technologies used in relevant areas of pharmacology at an advanced level – all of which draw upon the latest developments in laboratory practice and clinical practice.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Health & Biological Science

Pharmacology

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

117


Health & Biological Science

Public Health (Taught) (PgCert/PgDip/MSc) Public Health (Distance Learning) (MSc) Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students* Entry requirements: You should have a Honours degree, or equivalent in terms of experience. You must be working within public health. All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English, which in the case of overseas students, will be assessed in accordance with University policy. Our minimum requirements are IELTS 6.0 or equivalent. Please visit www. beds.ac.uk/englishlanguage for detailed information. Key features n It is offered in a flexible format enables you to follow your own discipline

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n It

118

About the course This course focuses on the applied principles of public health and is aimed at both medically and non-medically qualifiedpeople. It is relevant to people with health service and nonhealth service backgrounds including primary or secondary care;nursing and professions related to medicine; health promotion; healthcare research; health management; and anyone wishing to develop a career in public health. An innovative work-based approach centres the course within the student’s practice and specific areas of interest appropriate to their level of experience and skill. The course is dedicated to creating an effective ‘community of inquiry’ to foster group learning and support. It is based on the principles set out in the UK Government Public Health White Papers, which the National Health Service (NHS) uses to improve health and prevent disease, and not just to provide treatment for those who are ill. How these principles can be employed internationally will be explored. The course provides a useful introduction

www.beds.ac.uk 

to the academic part of the syllabus for the Membership of the Faculty of Public Health Medicine (MFPHM) part one examination and will also position students to take the core public health competencies. The course develops participants’ practical and critical public health skills which is underpinned by a sound understanding of associated theories. The course has three entry awards – Postgraduate Certificate, Postgraduate Diploma and Master of Science degree. During the course you will have the opportunity to develop your own special interests and embark on academic research. The course is delivered by an eminent group of academics who, between them, have many years of public health expertise at practitioner and researcher level. Delivery of the course will also be via online interactive material and participation will be required via blogging and wikkies. Technological requirements are a computer with Windows 7 or XP running Microsoft Windows 2007. Technical help is available if needed. Career opportunities Public health has become an increasingly significant focus of government plans worldwide, initiating developments at local and national levels within multiple healthcare settings. Organisations require practitioners who have the

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

specialist skills and attitudes provided by this course, whether experienced practitioners or graduates seeking a working understanding of public health. *Distance learning is not available to international students

Areas of study include: Concepts in public health Exploring research methodology Experimental evidence and evaluation Epidemiology in public health Ethical and legal issues in public health Policies and issues in public health Public health protection Diversity in public health

To find out more contact Susan Sapsed: e: susan.sapsed@beds.ac.uk e: bhpms.publichealth@beds. ac.uk w: www.beds.ac.uk/bhpms

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: February Location: British School of Osteopathy, London Duration: 12 months part-time Open to: UK/EU students Entry requirements: Applicants should have a UK or overseas degree from a recognised academic institution, or an equivalent professional qualification, or a recognised health care qualification in osteopathy, chiropractic or physiotherapy. All students are required to have basic IT skills and a computer internet connection. Key features n A strong manual medicine and therapy focus n High-quality

educational, scholarship and research activities

n An

opportunity for osteopaths, chiropractors and other manual medicine practitioners to engage in shared learning and enquiry

Health & Biological Science

Research Methods

(PgCert) About the course This course is designed to fulfil individual and professional needs and meet the challenges of professional revalidation, both in terms of short and long-term study. For osteopaths and other manual therapy practitioners who are currently involved in teaching or research, or are considering an academic career, this one year course aims to support their professional development as academics and/or researchers. Career opportunities In addition to the research-specific knowledge and skills gained upon completion of your programme of study, you will have developed transferable skills in areas such as communication, information literacy, creativity and critical thinking that will enhance your employability. In particular, the course will enable you to pursue a career in academia and research by teaching the requisite skills to equip you for life in today’s ever-changing health care environment.

Did you know? The British School of Osteopathy is the oldest school of Osteopathy in the UK and its teaching clinic is the largest and busiest in Europe.

Areas of study include: Advanced research methods and design Statistics for health care research Descriptive and inferential statistics

Practice of data analysis using SPSS and other statistical software packages

To find out more contact the British School of Osteopathy: t: +44 (0)20 7089 5316 e: admissions@bso.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/research

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Introduction to multivariate and multivariable analysis

119


Health & Biological Science University of Bedfordshire 2013 120

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting, School Nursing) (PgDip/MSc) Specialist Community (District) Nursing (MSc) Starts in: March and/or September Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK students Entry requirements: MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting) You should have a good first degree in an appropriate subject-related discipline, or a Diploma in Nursing or Midwifery, plus practice-related experience. All applicants need to demonstrate their literacy and numeracy by attaining GCSEs in English and Maths at grade C or above, or equivalent -- for example level two adult literacy and numeracy. MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (School Nursing) You should have a good Honours degree or equivalent. You must be live on the nursing or midwifery register held by the NMC. Applicants must also have completed a period of experience of sufficient length to have consolidated pre-registration outcomes and to have gained a deeper understanding in relevant professional practice, usually two years. MSc Specialist Community (District) Nursing You must have a good Honours degree in an appropriate subject-related discipline or equivalent. You must be on Part One of the NMC register. Applicants must also have completed a period of experience of sufficient length to have consolidated pre-registration outcomes and to have gained a deeper understanding in relevant professional practice, usually two years. Key features n Supported practice placements in partnership with NHS Trusts n Courses

supported by nationally renowned research provided by the Institute for Health Research

n Innovative

teaching, including webbased support and state-of-the-art learning environments

www.beds.ac.uk 

n We

are joint first in the UK for nursing graduate prospects, achieving top marks in The Independent’s Complete University Guide 2012

n Rated

as ‘outstanding’ for student support through our innovative personal lecturer scheme

n Dynamic

course, led by experienced practitioners and lecturers

n Includes

small-group teaching

n Supported

in practice by community practice teachers and mentors

n Taught

by experts with a wealth of specialist knowledge and skills in community-based nursing

About the course These courses are designed to focus on healthcare and social care provision to individuals, groups and communities within specialist community services. The emphasis in practice is on developing your competence and confidence in assessing the needs of individuals, groups and communities, and working in partnership with them to make informed health choices. The courses at Master’s level will equip you with the skills, knowledge and value base to enable you to function within the community and become an autonomous, reflective, evidence-based

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

and innovative practitioner, as well as help you to deliver an effective, clientcentred and holistic programme of care. Career opportunities On successful completion of any of these courses, you will be entered onto the Nursing and Midwifery Council Register as a qualified Public Health Nurse.

Areas of study include: Assessments and interventions in public health practice Promoting public health Leadership and management in public health practice Service improvement and innovation Nurse prescribing

To find out more contact Christine Norgate: t: +44 (0)1582 743 841 e: christine.norgate@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


n Develop

Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park Duration: 4 years part-time

n Enhance

their creativity, critical thinking, risk taking and self-awareness

Open to: UK students Entry requirements: You should be a senior professional from a health and social care profession, a profession allied to medicine or community support service in the UK, and have a first or upper second class Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent. Additionally, you should be in relevant employment, as the workplace will be the primary source for data collection used for the thesis element of the course. Applicants must submit a 500-word research proposal and a supporting letter from their employer. Suitable candidates will be invited for an interview. Key features n It will enable you to develop evidencebased practice and improve current practice in your field n It

is taught and supervised by health and social care practitioners with a wide range of research expertise

n It

promotes meaningful study that will contribute to enhanced and innovative clinical practice

n You

will be able to identify your own personal learning needs and develop a Professional Development Portfolio

About the course This Professional Doctorate has been developed in response to national and local initiatives with a focus on enhancing the profile of senior practitioners in health, social care and those of professions allied to medicine with a responsibility for the development of evidence-based practice and practice improvement. It aims to provide a channel through which students will: n Influence

local and national policy and practice agendas within their own sphere of practice

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

their leadership capability through reflection and project management

n Plan,

implement and evaluate their own professional goals and those of their employer

n Promote

an evaluative culture within their organisation where they can influence, implement and evaluate change supportive networking opportunities with their peers

The Professional Doctorate will be awarded to students who have critically investigated and evaluated an approved topic resulting in an independent and original contribution to professional practice, as demonstrated through the examined thesis and viva voce. Career opportunities This course will enable senior health and social care practitioners to enhance their profiles by building on their expertise and enhancing their skills and competency.

n Develop

n Enhance

their research skills and capacity through conference presentations and publications

n Become

a member of the wider research community

The taught component of the course comprises a range of teaching and learning methods including lectures, seminars, group-work, e-learning, discussions, debates and workshops. The focus at stage one will be on the students’ learning needs in relation to the development of general research and project-specific skills. The second stage builds on the first, with a focus on enhancing the students’ critical and analytical skills within a variety of research, service evaluation and audit methodologies. Teaching at the first two stages will take place in three one-week blocks per stage in the autumn, spring and summer, supported by e-learning and supervisory tutorials.

Did you know? This Professional Doctorate responds to local and national initiatives with a focus on senior medical, health and social care professionals’ skills enhancement.

Areas of study include: Key skills for postgraduate study Planning projects in health and social care

To find out more contact Dr Sharon Black: t: +44 (0)1296 734 321 e: sharon.black@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

There are no taught components at stages three and four, but the supervision continues through the use of tutorials with your supervisory team and via e-learning. You will also attend cohort study days for workshops about the viva voce exam and preparation of the thesis, which involves practice-based research and would normally not exceed 65,000 words in length.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: October

Health & Biological Science

Professional Doctorate in Health Related Studies

121


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

The University of Bedfordshire is a major provider of education and research in exercise science, sport and physical education (PE) and has established a reputation for its exceptional teaching, pioneering research and high graduate employment rate. All our courses are underpinned by research conducted at the University. In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise 2008, the University was commended for its “world-leading� research in several areas including sport.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

In order to remain at the forefront of academic excellence and offer vocationally relevant courses, we are continually developing new and exciting postgraduate degrees in PE, sport and exercise science.

122

We are the first university to work with the Dame Kelly Holmes Legacy Trust as an associate partner. The partnership will allow talented young athletes the chance to learn from worldclass athletes and achieve their full potential, whilst opening up new opportunities for our students to engage in the elite sporting community.


Courses 126 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Clinical Exercise Physiology 127 PgCert/PgDip/MA Community Sport Management

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

128 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion 129 PgCert/PgDip/MA Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy 130 MSc Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology 131 MSc Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation* 132 PgCert/PgDip/MA Sport Development Management 133 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Sports Performance

Head of Department Sport & Exercise Sciences Director of Sport & Enterprise

The Department of Sport & Exercise Science offers a range of exciting and innovative courses that provide an opportunity for academic development and personal research, whilst providing skills and knowledge that make our graduates attractive to employers. Our state-of-the-art laboratories include an environmental chamber and muscle cell physiology laboratory, and you will be taught by staff who are widely recognised as leading experts in their fields, with experience of working at the highest level in sport and exercise science.

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime *Subject to approval

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Professor John Brewer

123


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

environmental chamber, and equipment for the measurement of oxygen uptake, speed, reaction times, strength, power and body composition, as well as a dedicated tissue culture facility, the innovative muscle cell and molecular biology laboratory.

Why choose Bedfordshire? Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 Benefit from our research informed teaching and learning Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Staff are experts in their respective fields and many are internationally recognised

124

A long established history of high-quality teaching and over 100 years’ experience of teaching PE Our Sport science labs boast an array of technical and scientific equipment for students to get involved in practical experiments to enhance their learning Strong links with professional clubs and county football associations Our courses provide an exciting, up-todate industry-specific curriculum Home to the muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab – currently the only one of its kind in the UK

Industry-standard facilities

Our Bedford campus is home to a state-of-the art £8m Physical Education and Sport Science Centre, which will be used to train athletes for the 2012 Olympics. It boasts an array of hi-tech equipment including a human performance laboratory and two fully equipped gyms with movement sensor lighting, a spectator gallery, two highquality dance studios and the muscle cellular and molecular biology laboratory, the first of its kind in the UK.

Department of Sport and Exercise Science

Staff in the department have a range of experiences in sport and exercise, with a wide range of research interests and involvement with elite sport at the highest level. Many staff are recognised nationally and internationally for their academic work and experiences, including research. Recent multi-million pound investment in state-of-the-art laboratory facilities has provided the Department with high-quality opportunities for learning and engagement in experimental work. The laboratories have a range of scientific equipment that includes an

Recent new appointments have strengthened the Department’s expertise and reputation in muscle cellular and molecular physiology and applied sports science. Research interests include: muscle cellular and molecular physiology; applied sport and exercise physiology; and physical activity and health. Underpinned by research conducted at the University, the Department offers the following courses: MSc in Clinical Exercise Physiology; MSc in Sports Performance; and an MSc in Physical Activity, Nutrition and Health Promotion. The Department has also recently introduced a brandnew course, MSc Molecular and Cellular Exercise Physiology, find out more about this new course on page 130.

Department of PE and Sports Studies

PE teacher training education has been provided at our Bedford campus for more than 100 years and the University is one of the largest trainers of PE teachers in the UK. The Department has developed two brand-new courses – MA in Sport Community Management and MA in Sport Development Management - and will introduce further courses based on the needs of the current sporting environment. Staff are actively involved in research and are committed to providing engaging teaching that incorporates the latest research findings, policies and practices. Some have held senior positions teaching PE in schools and have competed in national sports teams. The Department’s main focus is on physical education, pedagogy, community sport development and management, the promotion of active lifestyles and in-depth academic investigation into the nature of sport


Institute for Sport and Physical Education (ISPAR)

Recent research projects have included: n  Who

makes the best games? The results of a collaborative gamemaking project

n  Teaching

A level physical education to digital natives using a 21st century approach

ISPAR draws together a wide range of disciplinary perspectives across the biophysical and social sciences. Research is focused around five main themes:

n  The

n  Physical

n  Development

activity and health

n  Social

and cultural aspects of physical activity

n  Muscle

cellular physiology

n  Applied

sport and exercise physiology

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

in its numerous contexts and course specific areas of investigation such as adventure recreation, community development and management, and the national curriculum.

occupational socialisation of physical education teachers and their development of knowledge and beliefs: a study of pre-service, graduating and graduated teachers of a practitioner research network in physical education

To find out more refer to page 185.

n  Physical

education and sports pedagogy

Dr Gordon Mellor

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ gordonmellor

Our courses are all vocationally orientated. We understand that the best preparation for a career is important to students and this knowledge underpins all that we do. The ‘real world’ of sport and physical activity informs and determines what we teach and how we teach it. We help students identify what they need to achieve in order to succeed in their chosen career and we facilitate their efforts in this respect.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Head of the Department of Physical Education & Sports Studies

125


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Clinical Exercise Physiology Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time, Part-time study is available by negotiation Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science, sport and exercise science, psychology/ health psychology, exercise or a health science-based subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

learning the practical skills required. This includes graded cardiopulmonary exercise testing; cardiac ultrasound measurements; vascular ultrasound measures; and muscle function analyses. A further strength is having the practical and theoretical elements of Phase IV cardiac rehabilitation embedded within the course delivery. The integration of theory and practice within the course ensures that you will be able to meet developing statutory professional requirements of practicespecific knowledge, understanding and skills.

Areas of study include: Research design Exercise testing and diagnosis Exercise testing and prescription Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health Laboratory skills Research methods Advanced exercise testing and diagnosis

Career opportunities Graduates will be able to work in the health and fitness industry. Further career opportunities also include health promotion and development with local authorities, and working as a researcher within the NHS. Graduates will also be well-placed to develop their research interests within higher education.

Key features n Unique course with a multidisciplinary approach to teaching

Placement Strength and conditioning

To find out more contact Dr Nick Sculthorpe: t: +44 (0)1234 793 464 e: nick.sculthorpe@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

n Practical

components of the course will allow application of theory access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Gain

126

About the course The aim of the course is to provide an intellectually challenging multidisciplinary programme of advanced study in the application of exercise physiology in clinical settings. The course involves the detailed study of the physiological consequences of a range of chronic debilitating diseases and highlights the predictable changes that these different diseases cause during exercise testing. You will be given a solid grounding in the theory and application of a variety of physiological tests and their application in clinical populations. The theoretical parts of the course are underpinned by significant time spent in the laboratory

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

Darren Player PhD in Exercise Biochemistry and Cell Biology student

The nature of the campus and teaching allows each student to be involved and have the opportunity to meet with the academic staff on a one-to-one basis. The lecturers are always willing to help, whether it is for academic reasons, or if you want advice on future career opportunities.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


phenomenon, the demand for wellrounded graduates in the community sport management related professions has increased.

Starts in: September or February Location: Bedford campus Duration: Full-time* or part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant sport related subject. Applicants with non-sport related Honours degrees but with appropriate professional or extensive volunteering experience may also be considered. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Part-time and full-time options available to suit your needs n Flexible

(PgCert/PgDip/MA)

blended learning delivery

n Work

in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

n Benefit

from research-informed teaching and learning

n Access

to “world-leading� staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

This is the course for students who are interested in managing sport at a community level: the bottom up model. The course is primarily concerned with learning how to promote and manage sport and active recreation participation in communities. It therefore explores the theory and application of the concepts of community, social capital, equity and sustainability. The course draws on research using the interpretive paradigm and develops an interventionist position which is distinctive from the more instrumental position of policy makers. The course offers both full and part-time modes of study, with the former being attractive to sport graduates interested in management and the latter being especially attractive to sport coaches, managers and community leaders already working in the field. Career opportunities Graduates of this course are wellplaced to pursue careers in the areas of sport and leisure management, sport development, community sport organisation and facilitation, active lifestyles and healthy living promotion, and sport and leisure consultancy.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Research methods in sport Sustaining community sport Managing community sport Funding for sport The sport manager Sporting enterprise and entrepreneurship Community sport leadership Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Gordon Mellor: t: +44 (0)1234 793 370 e: gordon.mellor@beds.ac.uk Dr Paul Beedie: t: +44 (0)1234 793 284 e: paul.beedie@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

University of Bedfordshire 2013

About the course The management of sport in the community is an ever-expanding field. The rapid growth of the sports sector has created opportunities to become a sports professional in an expanding, borderless industry. Sport is one of the most important industries in the UK in terms of interest, participation and consumer spending. With the Commonwealth Games in Glasgow in 2014 and the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games in London as UK examples of a growing global

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Community Sport Management

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

127


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion (PgCert/PgDip/MSc) Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time. Part-time study is available by negotiation Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science; sport and exercise science; psychology/health psychology; exercise; or a health science basedsubject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Up-to-date course based on current scientific evidence and health policies n Student-centred

to support an individuals academic, research and vocational accreditation aspirations or research placement opportunities to gain experience in an area of interest in public health, community, research and clinical settings

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Work

128

About the course This course offers a unique combination of topics which are relevant to the effective promotion of healthy lifestyles to prevent and treat diseases and conditions such as obesity, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes mellitus, cancer and mental ill-health. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of physical activity, nutrition, health psychology, and professional communication skills in promoting health within a variety of population and patient groups, and within both community and clinical settings.

www.beds.ac.uk 

There are invaluable opportunities to further career prospects as part of the placement and research project units and to develop links with local NHS organisations, researchers and clinicians. Students are also encouraged to become active members of research teams conducting projects of relevance to physical activity, nutrition and health within the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research (ISPAR), including those in collaboration with local hospitals and/or schools. In addition, support is provided to those students wishing to apply for registration initially as an Associate Nutritionist with a view to converting to full registration as Nutritionist or Public Health Nutritionist following further relevant experience. Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates upon completion of this course, particularly in the health sector, and health and fitness industry. Examples include the areas of public health management, health commissioning and health provision; health improvement specialist posts (including those with a particular focus on the promotion of physical activity and/or healthy nutrition, healthy lifestyles, or a particular disease eg obesity); and exercise referral specialists. There is also potential for graduates to be involved in consultancy-related activities relating to course fields and their specialist focus. Completion of this course also prepares students to undertake further postgraduate research qualifications or to be involved in research projects. For those health professionals or graduates already in post or accredited, the MSc in Physical Activity, Nutrition and Health Promotion offers opportunities to specialise in the fields of physical activity and nutrition and develop expertise in health promotion.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

Did you know? Placements and projects may be based in community, clinical, or laboratory settings. And they are all relevant to the local strategic commissioning and/or healthcare provision in relation to physical activity and nutrition, innovative research relating to physical activity, nutrition and health, and community-based schemes.

Areas of study include: Physical activity, nutrition and strategic health planning Professional skills for healthcare providers Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health Psychological approaches to public health Research methods and research design Dissertation Electives (eg placement, behavioural change, people management, exercise prescription)

To find out more contact Dr Catherine Kerr: t: +44 (0)1234 793 241 e: catherine.kerr@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time (for MA degree) Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class BA/BSc Honours degree or equivalent in the field of sportrelated studies generally, with one of the following titles (indicative list only): Physical Education (with Qualified Teacher Status), Physical Education, Physical Education and Sport, Sport Science, Sport Studies, Sports Coaching, Sports Science and Coaching. Special entry is available for applicants with a primary school teaching qualification with appropriate experience in physical education and sport, and for applicants with no degree but with extensive and appropriate teaching and/ or coaching experience and demonstrable through Advanced Prior Experience and/or Learning (APEL). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n A 100-year tradition of physical education teaching n Wide

variety of practical and theoretical topics

n Holiday

and vacation schools available on some units

n We

can provide you with work placements during your course (if required)

About the course The MA Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy is a rigorously designed and intellectually demanding professional education and development Master’s

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

degree. It is studied in order to become a more effective and reflective teacher or coach in school, club and other community sport settings. The course offers a flexible route of study to suit those with interest and/or aspiration to develop and advanced knowledge and critical understanding in the following areas: primary school sport and physical education, physical education teacher education, sports coaching.

study of physical education and sport pedagogy in your practical experience, drawing on current and past workplaces.

Areas of study include: Advanced sport pedagogy Models based practice (includes practical)

The course also offers two research pathways, one that builds on a practitioner research methods unit leading on to a practitioner researchfocused dissertation and a second that builds on a social research methods unit into a social research dissertation. Each of the units studied is grounded in the most recent developments in research on physical education and sport pedagogy, to which members of the course team are themselves significant contributors.

Physical literacy and motor development (includes practical)

Career opportunities Physical Education teaching, sports coaching in schools, community sports coaching, performance sport coaching, Physical Education Teacher Education, Coach Education

Research methods

A flexible, research-led and researchinformed Master’s course being taught by world-leading researchers in the areas physical education and sports coaching grounding the theoretical

To find out more contact Dr Stephen Harvey: e: stephen.harvey@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

(PgCert/PgDip/MA)

Becoming a physical education and sport practitioner Physical education and sport pedagogy theory in action Models of physical education teacher education Assessment for learning in sport, exercise and active leisure Practitioner research methods Dissertation

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy

129


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology Starts in: September Location: Luton campus and Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time. Part-time study is available by negotiation Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Graduates with a first degree normally 2:1 (at least 2:2 classification) in a relevant biological science (including anthropology and psychology), sport / exercise science, human movement, physical activity, biomedical and health-related sciences (e.g. nursing, physiotherapy, medicine, osteopathy). For applicants already trained in cell and molecular biology, leading-edge information and advanced techniques are provided. All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Experience a unique course with a multidisciplinary approach to teaching

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Benefit

130

from practical components of the course which allow application of theory

big, unanswered questions in the sports and behavioural sciences, but few sports and behavioural scientists are trained in these techniques. The major aim of this MSc is to address this skills gap by providing hands on training in techniques of cell and molecular biology such as qRT-PCR (gene expression or genotyping), cell culture, microscopy, immunostaining, histochemistry and western blotting for graduates of sportsand behavioural science-related degrees. Vocational laboratory training will provide you with necessary skills and training to be employed in molecular exercise physiology or life sciences research and the transferable skills to allow you to work in other laboratory-based settings such as industry/biotechnology. The course is delivered in well-equipped new purpose-built facilities at our Bedford campus, within the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research (ISPAR), which has dedicated Molecular, Cellular and Human Physiology Research Laboratories. In addition there is access to linked facilities at the Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Science Technology (IBEST) with Microbiology, Tissue Culture and Analytical Laboratories equipped to a similar high standard at our Luton campus. Career opportunities Graduates will gain a qualification relevant to a wide range of careers in the healthcare, physical activity, biomedical and public health promotion sectors. Together with specific research,

(MSc)

professional and generic skills and qualities for employment in academic and research settings related to physical activity and health, human movement or exercise, sport science, biomedical and the life sciences (ranging from anthropology to zoology). In addition to specialist knowledge, graduates develop valuable transferable laboratory practical skills, thus increasing employability in a difficult job market.

Areas of study include: Research design Cell and molecular biology Laboratory techniques in molecular and cellular physiology Research methods Molecular and cellular aspects of exercise-induced hypertrophy Molecular and cellular aspects of endurance exercise adaptation Anatomy and physiology of the musculoskeletal system

To find out more contact Dr William M. Brown: t: +44 (0)1234 793 264 e: william.brown@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

n Gain

hands-on training in molecular exercise physiology techniques and train to critically analyse and communicate original scientific material

About the course The aim of the course is to provide an intellectually challenging multidisciplinary programme of advanced study in application of molecular and cellular exercise physiology research. Molecular and cell biology methods are now required to address many of the www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

(MSc)

*Subject to approval Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 12-18 months full-time, or 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Graduates with a first degree normally 2:1 (at least 2:2 classification) in a relevant health science subject (i.e. Physiotherapy, Sports Therapy, Chiropractic, Osteopathy, Medicine) or equivalent, and two years paid work-based experience in therapeutic practice. All non-standard entry candidates will be required to attend an interview with the Award Manager. Key features n The course integrates theoretical and practical components needed by students who wish to work within sport and exercise rehabilitation n Some

units are shared with other courses allowing students to exchange ideas and share good practice

About the course This is a course designed primarily for qualified and practising Physiotherapists, but is also available to other musculoskeletal therapists including: Sports Therapists, Chiropractors, Osteopaths and Doctors. The course provides a framework through which therapists can develop and hone their expertise in the management of sports and exercise injuries, and the management of sports and exercise performance. Therapists will have the opportunity to refresh and develop their knowledge of: anatomy, biomechanics, physiology and pathologies, common in the field of sport and exercise. Therapists will be able to learn a range of assessment and treatment techniques, whilst studying within a department which is second to none in terms of its equipment. Students will also work alongside teaching staff

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

who have outstanding experience of clinical practice within the field, including supporting athletes for the 2012 Olympics and other international sporting events. Through practice, reflection and critical discussion amongst the variety of musculoskeletal professionals studying on the course, therapists will be able to develop sophisticated understandings of assessment and treatment skills and the evidence base that underpins these. During their time on the course therapists will learn to undertake autonomous assessment and treatment planning, to manage complex and unpredictable conditions and to evaluate their own practice as highly accomplished sports and exercise rehabilitation specialists. They will also learn to critically evaluate the evidence base for their practice, formulating new ideas and novel solutions and stimulating them to identify gaps in the evidence that give rise to new research questions. Career opportunities Lecturer in Further or Higher Education† Teacher† Specialist Physiotherapist/Specialist Sports Therapist† Strength and conditioning specialist†

Police†, Armed Services and Prison Service Further research Subject to existing or additional qualifications

Areas of study include: Assessment and prehabilitation/ rehabilitation Physiology of strength and injury Biomechanics of sports and injury Psychology of injury and rehabilitation Physiotherapy clinical critical reasoning and professional development Advanced physiotherapy practice and reasoning Dissertation Research methods

To find out more contact Mark Cousins: t: +44 (0)1582 489 214 e: mark.cousins@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Laboratory Specialised Technician

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation*

131


Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Sport Development Management Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time*, or 2-4 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant sport related subject. Applicants with non-sport related Honours degrees but with appropriate professional or extensive volunteering experience may also be considered. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

n Work

in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

University of Bedfordshire 2013

The course offers both full and part-time modes of study, with the former being attractive to sport graduates interested in management and the latter being especially attractive to sport coaches, managers and community leaders already working in the field.

Starts in: September or February

Key features n Flexible blended learning delivery

132

(PgCert/PgDip/MA)

About the course The management of sport in the community is an ever-expanding field. The rapid growth of the sports sector has created opportunities to become a sports professional in an expanding, borderless industry. Sport is one of the most important industries in the UK in terms of interest, participation and consumer spending. With the Commonwealth Games in Glasgow in 2014 and the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games in London as UK examples of a growing global phenomenon. The demand for wellrounded graduates in sport development and sport management related professions has increased. The Sport Development Management course aims to be at the leading-edge of international and UK study in sport and development – a specialised

www.beds.ac.uk 

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are wellplaced to pursue careers in the areas of sport and leisure management, sport development, community sport organisation and facilitation, active lifestyles and healthy living promotion, and sport and leisure consultancy.

professional and research field that is built upon the role of sport in the development process. The course is designed to empower current and future leaders working in the public and voluntary, as well as private areas of sport and development management; providing advanced skills and knowledge necessary to enter and excel in this dynamic field. The course has two primary, though interrelated foci: firstly, the management and development of sport, with an emphasis on the development and enhancement of sport participation and providing sustainable pathways to policy and practice. Secondly, development through sport, where sport is used as an effective and cost efficient tool for human and social development. The Sport Development Management course has been developed in response to the demand for these highly skilled sport development managers. The Master’s integrates a variety of problem and project-based learning and teaching approaches, so that students maximise their professional and personal development. Built around a core of Master’s-level analysis and management in sport development, students are encouraged to personalise their studies through appropriate choices of option units to reflect their career aspirations.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise of 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Research methods in sport Sport development in global context Sport development management Funding for sport The sport manager Sporting enterprise and entrepreneurship Community sport leadership Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Gordon Mellor: t: +44 (0)1234 793 370 e: gordon.mellor@beds.ac.uk Sam Elkington: t: +44 (0)1234 400 400 (ext.4249) e: samuel.elkington@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

Starts in: September

provides an avenue for elite performers to study their own performance and to develop the necessary skills to help their future performance, or prepare them for work opportunities after retirement from sport. This could be linked to the University’s sports scholarship scheme, from which funding for elite sports performers is available. The course also provides the necessary foundation knowledge and skills for professional accreditation with a number of bodies including the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES); the United Kingdom Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA); or appropriate higher coaching awards (Level 3 or above).

Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time. Part-time study is available by negotiation Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science, sport and exercise science, psychology/health psychology, exercise or a health science-based subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Unique course with a multidisciplinary approach to sports performance n Enhanced

employability with opportunities to gain professional accreditation in your chosen field

Career opportunities Career opportunities in the sports field have expanded greatly in recent years. The professionalising of many sports through the National Lottery process and increased governing body investment has opened up opportunities in many areas of sports including coaching, sports science support, and strength and conditioning areas. Growth has been particularly encouraging in female and Olympic sports, opening up

employment opportunities for graduates with the necessary higher qualifications and professional accreditation.

Areas of study include: Strength and conditioning Performance analysis Research design Coaching in a performance setting

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

Sports Performance

Sport science support Laboratory skills Exercise prescription for clinical populations Research methods Professional skills Cardiopulmonary exercise testing and interpretation

To find out more contact Dr Iain Fletcher: t: +44 (0)1234 793 291 e: iain.fletcher@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/exercise

n Explore

different disciplines and their contribution to helping athletes increase performance

n Practical

components of the course will enable application of theory access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Gain

About the course The MSc Sports Performance is an innovative course designed to meet the needs of students who are interested in the optimisation of performance in sport. It is designed to provide the necessary theoretical and practical skills for those who wish to work with performers as a coach, strength and conditioner, or in sports science support. In addition it

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

133


Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management University of Bedfordshire 2013 134

The Division of Tourism and Leisure at the University of Bedfordshire has a proven track record of providing highquality management courses in tourism, leisure and events. All our courses are underpinned by research conducted at the University so our students can benefit from the latest thinking and developments in the area. In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 we were commended for ‘world-leading’ research in the area of tourism and leisure.


Courses 138 PgCert/PgDip/MSc International Tourism & Hospitality Management 139 PgCert/PgDip/MSc International Tourism Management 140 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Sport Tourism Management 141 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Tourism & Events Management 142 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Tourism & Environmental Management

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Dr Sally Everett

Scan the code to see what else Sally has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ sallyeverett

The Division has a very supportive and dedicated staff team who are enthusiastic and passionate about their subject and our students. We maintain an extensive range of employer and partnership links and are able to offer unique employment opportunities for work placements and internships, which may in some instances present permanent employment opportunities for our graduates.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Head of the Division of Tourism and Leisure

135


Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management University of Bedfordshire 2013 136

Why choose Bedfordshire?  e maintain strong links with W organisations from the events, hotel and tourism sector to contribute to our Division career days, inform our curriculum, provide consultancy opportunities and ensure our courses meet the requirements and needs of employers You will be taught by a dynamic team of highly qualified staff, many of whom are internationally recognised All of our courses are underpinned by research conducted at the University You will gain a qualification that reflects current thought and practice, essential for a successful career in tourism, leisure and events tourism

The Division is home to some of the best-known experts in tourism and leisure, bringing specialist knowledge and extensive experience into the University to offer courses with real breadth and depth. Staff are actively engaged in current research activity, which is why the University of Bedfordshire is leading the way in tourism research in areas including food tourism and poverty alleviation. We also for the first time, co-hosted the prestigious annual International Tourism Sustainability Conference, in Mauritius which is testament to our growing reputation. Teaching is focused in a number of areas including: n  Inward

foreign investment

n

Financial management for hospitality

n

International tourism management

n

Tourism and hospitality marketing

n

Event management

n

Sport tourism

Innovative courses

The Division has a wide range of full-and part-time Master’s courses in tourism, events and hospitality management, which are all enhanced by research-informed teaching and employer engagement to ensure you gain the knowledge and skills to meet the needs of today’s employers. The courses are MSc in International Tourism Management; MSc in Tourism and Environmental Management; MSc in Sport Tourism Management; MSc in Tourism and Events Management; and MSc in International Tourism and Hospitality Management. These courses are also offered as Postgraduate Diplomas and Certificates. Please visit www.beds.ac.uk/tourism to find out more.

Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

Our reputation has been further strengthened by the launch of the Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)


INTOUR is the University of Bedfordshire’s research and consultancy institute for tourism management. The key thematic foci of the institute are: n  Environment

development

n  Economic n  Heritage

and sustainable

impact and regeneration

and cultural interpretation

n  Social

inclusion and community cohesion

INTOUR has a vibrant PhD tourism programme with distinguished alumni who now have senior positions in academia, business and government departments. Examples of research enquiry include: cultural identity; poverty alleviation; sustainable tourism; post-disaster recovery; food tourism; environmental management and hotel development and financial investment.

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

which will ensure the Division continues to make an invaluable contribution to research in this field.

Vocational focus

We have established links with several large travel and leisure companies including The Hilton Group, Monarch Airlines, easyJet, Wrest Park and Canals and Rivers Trust, which allows our students to engage with industry and gain hands-on practical experience to enhance their learning. Current activities that our postgraduate students are involved in include: a marketing strategy for English Heritage at Wrest Park

n  Working

as consultants on research projects for national organisations eg British Waterways as part of our new Junior Research Institute (student-led group).

n  Field

trips to local businesses and leisure attractions

n  Involvement

and engagement in research seminars with world-renowned professors

n  Publishing

work in academic journals

n  Conference

attendance

n  International

partnerships

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n  Producing

137


Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

International Tourism & Hospitality Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Applicants are expected to have a good Honours degree in a field related to tourism, hospitality or the wider social sciences such as: hotel management; history/heritage studies; human communications; environmental studies; natural resource management; geography; political science/policy studies; international development/ International studies; planning/town planning/landscape planning; tourism management/tourism studies; leisure management/leisure studies; events; marketing; or economics. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Industry relevant and applied units which equip students with the skills necessary to be successful in the industry course draws on substantial links with industry partners to provide real-life case studies

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

138

n Research-informed

teaching delivered by experts in the field who are actively publishing and collaborating with industry and academic colleagues

n The

course attracts world-leading and world-renowned scholars to deliver guest lectures and sessions

About the course The MSc International Tourism and Hospitality Management is an interdisciplinary course which looks critically at the broad range of issues

www.beds.ac.uk 

which affect international tourism, hotel and hospitality management. These contextual matters primarily include strategic tourism and hospitality management, international marketing, human resource management, financial management for the hospitality industry, social issues, political issues, environmental issues, global issues, and a range of specialist areas of interest to the sector (sport, event management, environment and hotel management). Thus, you will be expected to be able to read about, understand, and articulate a very wide range of academic and industry sources, case studies and resources. This course is one of the most robust, challenging, relevant and industry-focused of its kind in the UK. The course is underpinned by world-leading research and experts from several disciplinary departments within the University; real-life industry case studies and examples; draws on an impressive range of specialist and more generalist core and optional units; builds on a very popular and successful portfolio of tourism Master’s awards; and equips you with the skills, knowledge and experience to ensure you can confidently embark (and develop) a career in tourism and/or hospitality management. Career opportunities On completion of this degree, it is expected that you will be able to pursue careers in numerous areas including: policy-direction in government sector tourism planning/management; market development in corporative tourism; third sector work in local/regional/ national/trans-national areas of public culture/public nature/heritage which have interface with tourism; hotel and hospitality management; tertiary sector education in hotel and hospitality, tourism management/studies; culturally-appropriate tourism/hospitality management; environmentally-

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

responsible strategic tourism/hospitality management; consultancy (research) work in tourism/hospitality, or become entrepreneurs. This course is primarily aimed at people wanting to move directly into employment, but if you find your studies particularly stimulating and want to study further then there is always the possibility to continue to Doctoral studies, i.e. a PhD or a DBA level.

Areas of study include: Strategic tourism and hospitality management International tourism marketing Financial management for the hospitality industry Managing people Research philosophies and principles Research practice in tourism Dissertation Business principles and practice in hospitality International tourism development Event tourism Contemporary issues in tourism Events management Sport tourism Planning for leisure and tourism provision

To find out more contact Dr Sherif Elroubi: t: +44 (0)1582 743 129 e: sherif.elroubi@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 12 or 18 months* full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Flexible blended learning delivery n Extensive

industry links ensuring ‘real-life’ applicable research

n New

university-designated Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR) and Junior Research Institute for students

About the course Tourism is conceivably the world’s largest industry today. This innovative and interdisciplinary course provides

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

students with a critical view of the broad range of global issues which affect international tourism and its management. These include: marketing management; heritage, cultural, social, environmental and political issues; and sustainable development. Students are expected to be able to read, understand and articulate a wide range of outlooks on the selection, production, and development of peoples, places, and pasts for tourism today. The course draws upon up-to-date examples and case studies from the industry and uses a virtual learning environment to facilitate learning. Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates of this course. These include working in organisations which are involved in the planning of tourism development, including ministries of tourism; regional/national tourism organisations and other state-sponsored tourism agencies; local government and development authorities’ offices; and non-governmental organisations and consultancies. Many sectors of the tourism industry offer employment opportunities including: tour operators and enterprises; airlines;

and the hospitality and hotel sectors. Management consultancy, policy advice and research in relation to travel and tourism think tanks are also other possible career options, alongside academic careers in further and higher education *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 or 18 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Contemporary issues in tourism Research philosophies and principles International tourism development

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

International Tourism Management

Strategic tourism and hospitality management Research practice in tourism International tourism marketing Event tourism Sport, tourism and cities Planning for leisure and tourism World-making: tourism and globalisation Stewardship, tourism and the environment

To find out more contact Dr Sherif Elroubi: t: +44 (0)1582 743 129 e: sherif.elroubi@beds.ac.uk Dr Sally Everett: t: +44 (0)1234 793 273 e: sally.everett@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Dissertation

139


Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

Sport Tourism Management Starts in: September or February Location: Park Square, Luton campus Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Benefit from flexible blended learning delivery n Benefit

from extensive industry links ensuring `real-life’ applicable research

University of Bedfordshire 2013

About the course The sport and leisure industry is rapidly growing – it has been conservatively estimated that sport is an important consideration for over 22 percent of vacations and is worth billions worldwide. The postgraduate degree in Sport Tourism Management is an

140

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

innovative new course which will provide you with the management and business skills necessary to become effective senior managers in the global tourism industry. This dynamic course blends practical and theoretical aspects of sport tourism with an emphasis on real-life operational principles and practice. You will become familiar with current issues in the industry and will gain knowledge of operational aspects. The course will be underpinned by academic theory in leisure, sport events and fandom and will involve students in the application of concepts in industry-related situations. Career opportunities A choice of careers is open to graduates upon completion of this course, including the management of sport events and stadia, sport tour managers and sport development managers. Graduates will also be able to pursue specific posts in the tourism/leisure/sport/recreation industries as leisure centre managers, sports club managers, project managers and tour guides. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Contemporary issues in tourism Research philiosophies and principles Sport tourism Strategic tourism and hospitality management Research practice in tourism World-making: tourism and globalisation Stewardship, tourism and the environment Sport, tourism and cities Planning for leisure and tourism Sport and leisure industry context and environment Dissertation Event tourism

To find out more contact Denise Cardwell: t: +44 (0)1582 489 354 e: denise.cardwell@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

Formula 1 race at the Valencia Grand Prix Spain

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 12-18 months full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Flexible blended learning delivery n Extensive

industry links ensuring ‘real-life’ applicable research

n Gain

access to our “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

n Research-informed

learning

teaching and

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

The course will focus on tourism-related events and leisure and sporting events, including local and regional sporting competitions as well as global scale events, such as the Olympics. Although multidisciplinary, this course will also focus on problem-solving and decisionmaking and will enable critical thinking and creativity in analysis, synthesis and appraisal.

Areas of study include: Contemporary issues in tourism Research philosophies and principles Events management Sport tourism Sport tourism and cities

The course is underpinned by academic theory in the fields of tourism, leisure and events and will involve you in the application of concepts in industry-related scenarios and realistic simulations. You will develop and apply the skills of critical evaluation and be encouraged to become a self-directed, independent, reflective learner.

Strategic tourism and hospitality management

Career opportunities A choice of careers will be open to graduates upon completion of this course in the areas of event marketing; event management; special production strategies and organising events; festival management; hospitality and event operations; corporate and public sector leisure and tourism services; and event and exhibition venues. Graduates will also be able to pursue posts as events consultants and not-for-profit event organisers.

Stewardship, tourism and the environment

Research practice in tourism Event tourism Communication strategies for events Worldmaking: tourism and globalisation International tourism marketing

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

Tourism & Events Management

Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Nazia Ali: t: +44 (0)1582 793 132 e: nazia.ali@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

by academic theory in tourism, leisure and events

About the course Events-related tourism is one of the fastest growing global industry sectors today. With an increase in international events and festivals, there has been a rise in demand for high-level management skills too. The MSc in Tourism and Events Management is an innovative and interdisciplinary new course, specifically developed for the MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, Exhibitions/ Events) Industry, after consultation with leading professionals in the field. It will provide students with the skills necessary to meet the demand for management professionals in the industry.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

Bonny Baby MSc Tourism and Events Management

I chose this university because of the great feedback from management students. This course helped me to achieve my career goal by getting me into a management placement in the international hotel group, Marriott. I would definitely recommend the University to anyone interested in tourism management.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Underpinned

141


Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

Tourism & Environmental Management Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time* or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n First course in the UK to combine tourism and environmental studies n Benefit

from specialist lectures offered by other universities, agencies and commercial enterprises

n Options

to choose career pathways within business, government, non-government or voluntary organisations

n Visit

specialist facilities and development sites access to our “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Gain

142

About the course The MSc Tourism and Environmental Management is an innovative new course which will equip students to engage with and manage the complex changes and challenges facing the international tourism industry in the 21st century. It is the first Master’s degree in the UK to combine tourism and environmental studies within a theoretical framework.

www.beds.ac.uk 

(PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

The uniqueness of the course is based upon its interdisciplinary approach to analysing the tourism and environment relationship, one that is based on a combination of the paradigms of the social and natural sciences. Based upon its integrated scientific approach, the course will equip you to choose career pathways within business, government, non-government or voluntary organisations. You will have the opportunity to acquire invaluable business and consultancy skills in environmental impact assessment related to the tourism industry. Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates upon completion of this course. These include organisations that are involved in the planning of tourism development, including ministries of tourism; regional/ national tourism organisations and other state-sponsored tourism agencies; local government and development authorities’ offices; and non-governmental organisations and consultancies. Many sectors of the tourism industry offer employment opportunities including: tour operators and enterprises; airlines; and the hospitality and hotel sectors. Management consultancy, policy advice and research in relation to environment and tourism think-tanks are also other possible career options, alongside academic careers in further and higher education. The generic skills acquired through the course also enable graduates to pursue careers in organisations outside the tourism and environment sectors. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 or 18 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

Areas of study include: Contemporary issues in tourism Environmental management and sustainability Environmental project management Research philosophies and principles Stewardship, tourism and the environment Strategic tourism and hospitality management International tourism development Dissertation

To find out more contact Dr Sally Everett: t: +44 (0)1234 743 273 e: sally.everett@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management University of Bedfordshire 2013

We maintain links with organisations from the travel and tourism sector including London Luton Airport, Wrest Park, Monarch Airlines and British Waterways.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

143


Media, Arts & Performance

The Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and Performance offers a dynamic, artistic and professional environment in which to learn, with research that has been rated as “world-leading” in the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008.

We aim to produce world-class practitioners for the creative industries. The Institute has established links with media, design and performing arts companies with good opportunities for work placements and gallery space for students. We specialise in the unique combination of craft, professional and essential business skills for the creative industries. A good number of our lecturers and academic staff have been actively involved in the media industry for many years, prior to joining us at the Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and Performance. Most have worked, and some continue to work, in journalism, broadcasting, film, dance, theatre and for radio and television companies. Other staff regularly author and co-author an impressive number of texts on their specialist areas.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Those who study an Art and Design related course will have personal access to a young and creative team of practitioners and academics who regularly publish and exhibit nationally and internationally in the creative industries.

144

Our courses not only provide a rigorous and supportive academic framework for your studies but also give you access to the invaluable professional networks which our staff maintain and work within. All our Master’s courses have strong relationships with the creative and teaching professions; and all provide an inspiring, empowering and enjoyable route to postgraduate attainment in your chosen area.


Courses 148 MA Art & Design

Media, Arts & Performance

Media, Arts & Performance 149 MA Art, Design & Internet Technologies 150 MA/MPhil/PhD By Research in Media 151 MA Community Dance Leadership 152 MA Creative Digital Film Production* 153 MA Dance Performance & Choreography 154 MSc Dance Science 155 MSc Digital Film Technologies & Production* 156 MA Documentary 157 MA Fashion Design, Styling & Promotion*

Head of Journalism & Communications UNESCO chair in New Media Forms of the Book

Scan the code to see what else Alexis has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ alexis

The best thing about my job is celebrating the achievements of research by students and staff – whether they have an article or creative work published, a paper accepted in an international conference, a piece of artwork exhibited or purchased, or a performance that is well received. The cultural richness that comes from such a diverse and international student body is inspiring.

158 MA International Cinema 159 MA International Journalism 160 MA Mass Communications 161 MA Media, Culture & Technology 162 PgCert Performing Before the Camera 163 Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime *Subject to approval

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Professor Alexis Weedon

145


Media, Arts & Performance

Why choose Bedfordshire? Strong links with the Research Institute of Media, Art and Design Teaching staff have experience in local, regional, national and international magazines, newspapers, the broadcast media and PR Our artist in residence programme offers opportunities for professional dance artists to develop their work and enables students to study alongside those making work for professional performance and touring The Division of Performing Arts and English has a strong research culture that develops and maintains the excellent quality of teaching in its subject areas We boast a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre containing a television studio, white space studio, performance studio, two electronic newsrooms, ten digital video suites, multimedia computer suites and creative writing labs We offer regular RIMAD research seminars, screenings, talks by guest speakers and research projects, as well as being home to the editorial base for Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Regular masterclasses and guest lectures from high-profile speakers in industry

146

Staff regularly publish and exhibit their work Close to London and the internationally renowned West End theatre scene, plus many broadcasting companies Emphasis on employability and transferable skills Work on Radio LaB, the University’s very own radio station – you can present and produce your own shows, and it also provides an outlet for student music

Media

The Institute boasts a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre, that offers four broadcast spaces, including an industry-standard television studio with four High Definition cameras; a ‘white space’ rehearsal studio; a ‘self op’ studio with green screen facilities, an integrated digital newsroom; and a performance theatre that is fully equipped with a lighting rig, control room and vision mixing equipment. The Centre also has two radio stations, along with ten digital video suites, numerous multimedia computer suites, and creative writing labs with additional studios for animation and design work.

Art and Design

The Division of Art and Design has gone from strength to strength over the last few years. Not only have we leapt a massive 45 places up the league tables, but we have now entered the top 20 for student satisfaction in the Guardian University Guide 2012. Our spacious art and design studios offer a friendly working environment in which resources are continually being improved and upgraded so you can develop your ideas, skills and research.

Performance

Our Performing Arts students have access to modern, professional-standard facilities to support learning, teaching

and research in dance. Our Bedford campus boasts a £4.5m 280-seat purpose-built performance theatre, which is fully equipped with state-of-theart lighting and sound systems. There are also three large specialist Dance studios, each of which is fitted with professional sprung floors and AV equipment. Additionally, students have access to an 80-seat studio theatre, two large gym spaces for rehearsal and practical research, as well as a suite of specialist movement science laboratories.

Engaging with industry

The Institute capitalises on its role as a provider of advanced-level education and training in dance by continually seeking to enhance the network of partners with which it collaborates as part of a regional hub of dance and arts activity. Students have access to a programme of professional work within the University of Bedfordshire Theatre, and they can also benefit from inward visits from artists and educators via performances, and have the opportunity to get involved in masterclasses and workshops from professional artists.

First-hand professional experience

The state-of-the-art Media Arts Centre has been a backdrop for the BBC’s Politics Show East when it hosted a special Question Time event. The show


In March 2010 the University of Bedfordshire Theatre hosted its first professional season of work, offering showcases in dance, theatre, film, comedy and music. As a result, students have access to on-site professional-level touring performance, and such work is embedded in their learning through attendance as audience members, and through utilisation of the education and outreach work that frequently accompanies their performance output. Students can also benefit from the Dance and Performance Evening School, which provides further training in a range of dance and performance techniques.

Research

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, the University of Bedfordshire was

The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design (RIMAD) has an ethos of pursuing excellence in our students, staff and international profile. The Institute supports a wide range of research degrees and major research projects. We encourage applications and research proposals in practice-led projects, as well as theoretical and historical research across the media, art and design disciplines. The Centre for International Media Analysis, Research and Consultancy (CIMARC) has research specialisms in new media, publishing, cross-media integration, political communication, journalism, sport media and community radio. Dance at Bedfordshire has developed an international reputation in recent years

for research in the field of dance and new technology. The Centre for Applied Research in Dance (CARD) supports and promotes excellence in research in e-dance and knowledge transfer between the academic and professional domains within the subject, and aims to enhance learning and teaching in dance through the development of advanced scholarship in the subject.

Research degree study areas

Media, Arts & Performance

Our students can also get involved in Radio LaB – a full-time community radio station that is run by our students at the Luton campus. And, the TV Lab was launched in April 2011, providing a platform for live television to be broadcast from our studios in the University.

commended for its “world-leading” research in several areas including Communications, and Cultural and Media Studies. Half of our Media research was rated as “world-leading” or “internationally excellent” and 95 per cent was judged as being of ‘‘international significance” (RAE) 2008. Highlights include Professor Alexis Weedon’s research on how books are turned into films, and Professor Ivor Gaber has advised the Department of International Development.

We welcome research degree applications in the following areas: n  Psychoanalysis

and cinema/games

n  Cultural

impact of new media technologies

n  Linguistics n  English

and gender

literature

n  Journalism n  Sport

and media

n  Publishing n  Spanish

cinema

n  Practice-led

research in: documentary, creative writing, art or design, new media

n  Performing

arts, dance or theatre

See page 185 for more information on research.

Madhurima Paul MA Media Arts (Mass Communications) graduate

I chose to study at Bedfordshire because of its outstanding performance and its reputation in the arts. The courses offered by the University are brilliant, and so is the teaching.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

was broadcast live from our industrystandard TV studio. Our Media students were also given the opportunity to help in the production of the show and operate the cameras.

147


Media, Arts & Performance University of Bedfordshire 2013 148

Art & Design

(MA)

Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in an art and design subject. Applicants who have developed an artistic or design practice, having completed a degree in another discipline, are also welcome, provided you can provide portfolio evidence of your practice. With applications, students should submit a statement of approximately 500 words that gives a rationale for their work with an indication of how they aim to develop it during the course. Applications should also be supported by no more than 12 photographic examples of creative work, submitted in a PowerPoint or PDF document on a CD-ROM. Once we have received the application we will invite applicants for an interview, with their portfolio. As we are unable to interview overseas students, they should give particular attention to the supporting statement and are asked to submit no more than 25 photographic examples of their work in a PowerPoint or PDF document. As well as examples of completed work, we are particularly interested to see evidence in the portfolio of how you have developed visual ideas for the work. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Unique multidisciplinary course offering the opportunity to engage in a range of creative practices and critical ideas

www.beds.ac.uk 

n You

can focus your studies in any area from animation, fashion, graphic arts, illustration, interior design, textiles, fine art, photography and video art, and advertising for design

n Access

to studio space and excellent facilities including printmaking, computers, video and photography, and materials workshops

About the course The course is open to applicants from a range of art and design disciplines and practices. It will provide a distinctive learning experience that links creative practice with relevant theory, so that you can develop your creative practice at a professional level in a focused and critically robust way. The course draws on a strong art and design research culture, balanced by a focus on the actual production of art works and design. You will be encouraged to consider in depth, the nature of your creative practice, as well as the ideas and issues that concern you as an artist or designer. We would expect you to be an independent and critical thinker and, with tutorial support, develop a practice that best suits your creative intentions. Through studio practice, seminars, research and critical writing you will engage in contemporary art and design discourse and locate your work in a cultural and critical context, whilst establishing your practice at a professional level. As a student on the course you will be able to draw on expertise in critical theory and visual culture, graphic design and illustration, interior design and interior architecture, fine art, photography, video art, fashion, animation and motion graphics. Career opportunities The course is primarily aimed at students who wish to establish their artistic and creative practice at a professional level, working as independent artists and designers, and you will be encouraged to take advantage of exhibition and competition opportunities.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Having taken an advanced course in art and design, you will have been able to develop, focus and substantiate your creative ideas – a process which should help you find appropriate employment in the creative industries. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Contemporary issues in art and design Visual culture and critical theory Studio practice as research Professional studio practice

To find out more contact Colin Davies: t: +44 (0)1582 743 185 e: colin.davies@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in an art and design subject, and have developed an interest
in the use of new technologies in creative practice. We will also consider applicants who are graduates of computer science courses who have developed an interest in visual arts or design practice and can demonstrate, through a portfolio of your work, that you will be able to engage with an art and design course. With applications, students should submit a statement of approximately 500 words that gives a rationale for their work with an indication of how they aim to develop it during the course. Applications should also be supported by no more than 12 photographic examples of creative work, submitted in a PowerPoint or PDF document on a CD-ROM. Once we have received the application we will invite applicants for an interview, with their portfolio. As we are unable to interview overseas students, they should give particular attention to the supporting statement and are asked to submit no more than 25 photographic examples of their work in a PowerPoint or PDF document. As well as examples of completed work, we are particularly interested to see evidence in the portfolio of how you have developed visual ideas for the work. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n One-to-one contact with staff, with an emphasis on your development

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

n Unique

course that offers the opportunity to engage in creating
 and disseminating art and design work, exploiting the internet and new technologies

About the course This course recognises that the internet and associated technologies offer the artist and designer new opportunities for the creation and dissemination of work. The course is aimed at those who wish to acquire a broad professional basis in the expanding creative internet and new media technologies. This course offers exciting possibilities for collaborative ventures between scientific and artistic disciplines. You will work alongside MA Art and Design students and there will be an emphasis on the relationships between practice, theory and internet programming. Like art and design students, you will be encouraged to articulate contemporary art and design discourse and locate your work in a cultural and critical context. You will not only be able to draw on expertise in art and design theory and practice, but also expertise in computing. Career opportunities Having taken an advanced course in Art, Design and Internet Technologies, you will have been able to develop, focus and substantiate your creative ideas within an area of expertise that is offering new

employment opportunities in specific sectors of the creative industries. The course will also equip you to establish your artistic and creative practice at a professional level, working as an independent artist or designer. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Emerging technologies Applied programming Multimedia applications Contemporary issues in art and design Visual culture and critical theory Studio practice as research Professional studio practice

To find out more contact Colin Davies: t: +44 (0)1582 743 185 e: colin.davies@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

Colin Davies Head of Art & Design

Scan the code to see what else Colin has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/colin

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

When choosing a course look to the teaching staff to see how many have a professional practice outside of teaching. At Bedfordshire we offer you the perfect balance between teachers and practitioners.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Media, Arts & Performance

Art, Design & Internet Technologies (MA)

149


Media, Arts & Performance

By Research in Media

(MA/MPhil/PhD)

n Full

support of specialised research groups in film and cross-media research, new media research, journalism and political communication and practice-based research

Starts in: September, January or June Location: Luton or Bedford campuses, dependent upon specialist subject area Duration: 1 year MA by Research, 2 years MPhil, 3 years PhD

n Lively

Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree or equivalent professional standing in a relevant discipline for the MA route. An MA or outstanding BA is required for the MPhil/ PhD route. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

research culture, including weekly research seminars and regular international conferences

n Postgraduate

office space

About the course The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design (RIMAD) offers researchbased MA, MPhil and PhD opportunities. The Institute has established expertise in a number of specialist areas in media, and art and design, and has many years of experience supervising research students to completion. RIMAD is very well placed to offer supervision in emerging fields of practice-based research.

Key features n Solid links with media industries and practitioner networks, as well as scholarly expertise

Recent students have worked in a diverse range of areas including creative writing, visual arts, film studies, media analysis, video game studies and more.

n World-class

Career opportunities Career opportunities are dependent upon specific areas of study, but employment prospects in education,

expertise in applied and practice-based research and cuttingedge areas such as new media, as well as traditional areas of media analysis

media organisations, the creative industries and government are all greatly enhanced by research qualifications. Applicants are advised to visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/research for further details on the research specialisms of the Institute.

Areas of study include: Practice-led MA by Research – areas of specialism include: Art and design Creative writing Film Journalism Multimedia Performance Radio MPhil/PhD – areas of specialism include: Art and design (practice-based research) Creative writing (practice-based research) English Film theory and practice Media and sport Music technology

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Gavin Stewart

150

PhD graduate

I chose to do a PhD with RIMAD because it provided an opportunity to develop my own research project and creative work in a well-resourced and supportive environment. Completing my PhD was an exhilarating and rewarding experience which required me to think in new and challenging ways. The University has some truly remarkable researchers who are recognised as world-class.

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

New media/internet studies (theory and practice-based research) Performance

To find out more contact Professor Garry Whannel: t: +44 (0)1582 743 452 e: garry.whannel@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant subject, or relevant professional experience as equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The division has a deep and extensive network with arts organisations, venues, artists, festivals and educational establishments locally, regionally, nationally and internationally n Develop

applied projects in communities through which you can test your ideas, develop new models and build networks of your own

n The

University also houses several regional dance companies, including Step Out Arts and DanceDigital

About the course The MA Community Dance Leadership centralises the dance artist as an agent of change, locating both dance methodology and choreographic practice within the areas of community arts, cultural enrichment, social cohesion, inclusivity and diversity. As a dance leader you will instigate both artistic innovation and inclusive participatory paradigms that engage diverse communities in dance. You will have outstanding opportunities to develop your practice in an industryfocused academic environment that has strong partnerships with key arts organisations and community projects.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

In addition, the course will offer you the opportunity to focus on your development as a progressive, critically informed, highly skilled, independent and self-sufficient dance leader and artist. During the course you will be able to refine and develop your leadership, facilitation, teaching and management practices in dance to enable you to develop substantive contributions to the field through practice, research and employment. You will also research and develop critically informed approaches to engaged practice, participatory arts, community dance and activism in the development of the dance sector. Students on this course are taught by tutors with internationally significant experience as academics, practice-led researchers and dance artists. Career opportunities There are many career opportunities available to successful students who complete this Master’s course, including: n Community n Arts

dance artist

session, and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year. A two year part-time pathway is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Areas of study include: Dance artist in the community Delivering community dance leadership Dance for inclusion and diversity (Co-Lab): Inter-professional working project Researching dance Dance research project/dissertation Somatic practice (optional) Choreographic research (optional) The dancing mind: dance psychology (optional)

manager

n Interdisciplinary

practitioner

performance

To find out more contact Amalia Garcia: t: +44 (0)1234 793 295 e: amalia.garcia@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

n Choreographer n Educator n Independent

portfolio worker in the creative industries

n Screen-based

performance

Possible pathways The full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

(MA)

Media, Arts & Performance

Community Dance Leadership

www.beds.ac.uk

151


Media, Arts & Performance

Creative Digital Film Production* (MA) *Subject to approval Starts in: February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class or above Honours degree, or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate. Candidates will also be considered if they possess significant media industry experience. Candidates for the course will be expected to submit a portfolio of work with their application. Candidates will be interviewed by telephone about how they produced their portfolio. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n A dynamic and experienced course team of acclaimed film-makers and published scholars n Excellent

media production facilities

n A

course structure that provides an exciting and challenging blend of practice and theory

n Regular

opportunities to participate in media-related research seminars, events and conferences

About the course MA Creative Digital Film Production is a new specialist course in digital film production. This course provides an opportunity to develop your practical skills, and your creative and critical thinking in a stimulating and challenging environment. It is a cohesive and dedicated course that provides lectures and workshops by a range of academic experts and professional practitioners. The course builds towards a Master’s project that will challenge you to make an extended film project or undertake a research dissertation.

Career opportunities The MA Creative Digital Film Production will be valuable for anyone seeking to work with the moving image. It is of particular value if you are seeking to develop a career as an independent media producer or if you are seeking work within the television and film industries. Other career paths open to you include broadcasting, arts or media administration, marketing, sales and advertising.

Did you know? MA Creative Digital Film Production is a fantastic opportunity to meet a wide range of industrial professionals and to participate in an international film festival.

Areas of study include: Cross-media approaches to story-telling Scriptwriting Digital film production Production planning and development Editing and post-production techniques

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Film history and theory

152

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart: t: +44 (0)1582 743 250 e: gavin.stewart@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant subject, or relevant professional experience as equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The division has well-established relationships with professional choreographers and artists, and draws upon this network to bring in the highest quality artists to work with you n Students

participate in SHIFT Dance Company: Repertory and Performance, and work with professional choreographers to create a touring programme

practice as a means of enhancing and sustaining access to employment. During this postgraduate course you will be able to immerse yourself in highquality practice-led learning and teaching that is located in excellent studio, theatre and library facilities. You will also gain full access to our on-campus professional performance work.

Areas of study include:

Career opportunities On completion of this Master’s course you will be equipped to pursue a wide variety of careers including:

Repertory and performance

n Performer

(Co-Lab): Interprofessional working project

n Interdisciplinary

practitioner

Dance research project/dissertation Researching dance

performance

Somatic practice (optional)

n Choreographer

Choreographic research (optional)

n Educator

The dancing mind: dance psychology (optional)

n Independent

portfolio worker in the creative industries: consultant and researcher

n Screen-based

performance

Possible pathways: The full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer session and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

About the course This Master’s degree is an exceptional course that is designed to enhance your professional skills and employability in a range of artistic, academic, educational and community contexts. The distinctiveness of the course stems from the flexibility of opportunity to engage in professional-level repertory performance practice and creative and choreographic research in an industry-focused academic environment. Additionally, the course enables you to focus on your development as a professionally-equipped, independent and self-sufficient dance practitioner and scholar, and finesse your practical, theoretical and professional skills in performance and/or choreographic

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

A two-year part-time pathway is available. A Postgraduate Certificate in Repertory and Performance is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

To find out more contact Amalia Garcia: t: +44 (0)1234 793 295 e: amalia.garcia@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

Professor Helen Bailey Head of the Division of Performing Arts & English

This course prepares students for employment by attempting to mirror industry standards and professional expectations, and by making use of regional and national contacts in the contemporary dance and performance sector. What’s more, the core teaching team has a wealth of expertise within the dance profession, which is a vital resource for students.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September

Media, Arts & Performance

Dance Performance & Choreography (MA)

153


Media, Arts & Performance

Dance Science

(MSc)

Starts in: September Location: Bedford campus Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant subject, or relevant professional experience as equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Flexible course, enabling students to focus on the role of dance in public health, elite participation or a combination of both course is led and taught by staff with a strong academic and applied practice background in dance and sport science research, dance making, performance and leadership

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n The

154

About the course Dance Science is developing new areas of knowledge in the subject and this course is unique in the UK. It will provide you with an intellectually challenging programme of advanced study in the latest approaches to dance practice from psychological, physiological and biomechancial perspectives. This postgraduate course is taught in state-ofthe-art movement analysis laboratories in which you will have access to some of the latest technologies to support research in dance and exercise sciences. It will allow you to develop expertise in a range of scientific approaches to dance, preparing you for a career in the professional dance performance sector.

The course develops your understanding of, and interaction with, dance, from a scientific perspective, whilst contextualising your studies within the cultural, artistic, political and social circumstances of dance practice. It also focuses on your development as a competent and rigorous dance scientist able to work holistically from physiological, psychological and biomechanical perspectives with recreational, vocational and professional dancers. The MSc Dance Science enhances your employability through the choice of elite-focused and/or public-health focused units throughout the duration of the course; you can choose to specialise in one area or select across both to diversify your training. What’s more, the course engages you directly in the context of applied dance science employment by replicating the demands of the workplace in set assessments and specifically the nature of multidisciplinary partnership working in the Interprofessional Working Project unit (full-time students: term two; part-time students: term four). The course capitalises on the combined teaching, learning and research excellence of the Division of Performing Arts and English, and the Department of Physical Education and Sports Studies. This opportunity is currently unique to the University of Bedfordshire and will allow a rich cross-fertilisation of ideas, debate and research across disciplines, whilst allowing students access to a wide range of elective units to carve a distinct study and research pathway suitable for a sustainable career in dance science. Career opportunities There are many career opportunities available to students who successfully complete this course including: n Researcher

in dance science and applied contexts

n Educator n Independent

industries

n Movement

portfolio worker in the

Possible pathways The full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer session and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year. A two year part time pathway is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Areas of study include: Research design Research methods The dancing body I: applied physiology The dancing body II: applied biomechanics The dancing mind: dance psychology (Co-Lab): Interprofessional working project Dissertation Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health (optional) Exercise testing and diagnosis (optional) Psychological approaches to public health (optional) Coaching in a performance setting (optional) Professional skills for healthcare providers (optional) Performance analysis (optional) Strength and conditioning (optional) Somatic practice (optional)

To find out more contact Amalia Garcia: t: +44 (0)1234 793 295 e: amalia.garcia@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

and health professional

n Performer

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


*Subject to approval Starts in: February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class or above Honours degree, or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate. Candidates will also be considered if they possess significant relevant industry experience. Candidates for the course will be expected to submit a portfolio with their application. Candidates will be interviewed by telephone about how they produced their portfolio. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Excellent media production facilities

challenging environment. It is a cohesive and dedicated course that provides a combination of practical workshops with lectures and seminars by academic and professional practitioners. The course builds towards a Master’s project that will challenge you to make an extended practical project or undertake a research dissertation. Career opportunities MSc Digital Film Technologies and Production will be valuable for anyone seeking to work with digital film technologies. It is of particular value if you are seeking to develop a career as a media technologist or if you are seeking work within the television and film industries. Other career paths open to you include broadcasting, arts or media production, theatre production, marketing, sales and advertising.

Did you know? MA Digital Film Technologies and Production provides an excellent opportunity to engage with a wide range of industrial professionals and gain access to new techniques and technologies.

(MSc) Areas of study include: Digital film technologies Production planning and development Lighting and sound Editing and post-production techniques Production roles, responsibilities and workflows

Media, Arts & Performance

Digital Film Technologies & Production*

The film business: current issues and debates

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart: t: +44 (0)1582 743 250 e: gavin.stewart@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

n A

course structure that provides an exciting and challenging blend of technology workshops, practice and theory dynamic and experienced course team of acclaimed media-makers and published scholars

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n A

n Regular

opportunities to participate in media-related research seminars, events and conferences

About the course MSc Digital Film Technologies and Production is a specialist course, focused on the effective deployment of contemporary digital film technology. This course provides an opportunity to develop your practical skills, and your critical thinking about digital film technologies in a stimulating and

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

155


Media, Arts & Performance University of Bedfordshire 2013 156

Documentary

(MA)

Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies or Practice, or equivalent. Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience. All applicants must submit a two-page proposal outlining a documentary film they would like to make. This should be accompanied by a show-reel that demonstrates their ability to tell stories with pictures and sound. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n We boast a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre containing a television studio, white space studio, performance studio, two electronic newsrooms, ten digital video suites, multimedia computer suites and creative writing labs n You

will have the unique opportunity to study documentary practices in moving image, photographic and journalistic forms

n Opportunity

to develop your practical skills in a stimulating environment

About the course This is an innovative taught course in documentary production with a base in digital video production and the possibility of exploring photography and multimedia.

www.beds.ac.uk 

Work with the very latest industry-standard technology to refine your specialist skills, and produce your own documentaries on location (as above)

It is designed to establish a firm theoretical and practical base from which you can develop and make your own documentaries. Students from a variety of backgrounds will be able to use their subject knowledge to produce documentaries. All stages of the process will be covered, from the initial proposal, research and writing, to the design, filming and editing of the final documentary. You will be able to choose from video, photography and multimedia technologies to realise your ideas and to discover the unique features of each medium. This MA will enable you to produce a major practical project informed by contemporary debates and historical perspectives. You will explore the role of fact-based production within the context of constant rapid technological change. The course is underpinned by an awareness of the political, legal, moral and ethical issues that inform contemporary production and exhibition. We have excellent links with industry professionals and throughout the

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

course there are opportunities to attend documentary festivals in the UK and mainland Europe. Career opportunities The career paths open to successful students include documentary film making and media research.

Areas of study include: Documentary production Documentary history and theory Cinematography Sound design Production research

To find out more contact Dave Green: t: +44 (0)1582 743 040 e: dave.green@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


*Subject to approval

n Flexibility

of course

Starts in: February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Good Honours degree in a relevant area of study – or substantial industry experience (min 4 years). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Professional support provided to our students n Benefit

from up-to-date digital skills and equipment needed in contemporary fashion design

(MA)

in attendance and length

n Be

taught by excellent staff in a supportive atmosphere

About the course The MA is designed to offer a programme of study at Master’s level. Emphasis at this stage is centred on students understanding the skills and specialist knowledge needed to study Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion at this level, and developing frameworks of thinking and practical methods of application needed to complete studies at M level. The MA provides an appropriate understanding and a skillset for future development in Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion. The MA offers students a series of inductions and continuing support introducing practical skills and creative thinking that are pertinent to success within Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion: including CAD, design and enterprise. Projects and workshops are designed to engage debate in fashion and enhance a fundamental understanding and

knowledge of the discipline to include practice, business and the potentiality of the subject area. Skills in analysis, and research in applied practice are introduced through the unit structure. The MA provides the key skills needed to assist life-long learning and a sustained career in the chosen discipline and include those transferable skills needed for continued development or career change.

Media, Arts & Performance

Fashion Design, Styling & Promotion*

Career opportunities Upon completion of this course, students will be prepared to enter the industry in: fashion design, entrepreneurial opportunities, in addition to the fashion promotion industry as a buyer or stylist.

Did you know? We use London as a resource, with regular visits to fashion events and regular talks and workshops with leading practitioners from London and Europe.

Areas of study include: Computer-aided fashion design Pattern cutting Display and promotion

To find out more contact Danielle Roberts: t: +44 (0)1582 743 401 e: danielle.roberts@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Drawing and styling

157


Media, Arts & Performance

International Cinema Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class first degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent. Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n This is the first MA course to focus on the relationship between cinema as art and industry in a global context

(MA)

n The

course was developed by leading international cinema expert, Professor Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, editor of the Oxford History of World Cinema

n Work

with experts in film analysis, and benefit from regular seminars, screenings and guest speakers

About the course This course provides an overview of cinema in a global perspective, with the opportunity to examine diverse examples in detail. Born at the beginning of the 20th century, cinema soon spread to all parts of the globe. It became a means of expression for cultures the world over, but also an industry dominated by a handful of companies, mainly American-based. This course looks at all aspects of the cinema phenomenon – at aesthetics and economics, at the work of filmmakers around the world, at the global media industries and at the interrelations between these aspects. Also, as part of our media arts postgraduate provision, it provides a thorough grounding in the study of the media as a whole, enabling students to get a clearer picture of the

place of cinema in the wider context of global media. Half of the course consists of selfdirected independent study with individual supervision, allowing students to pursue their own particular area of interest (subject to suitable supervisory availability). Professor Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, a former Professor at the University, who devised the course, gave it a global perspective. He comments that: “The cinema conquered the world in a very short time and its parts have always remained interconnected, with Hollywood in a dominant position. Many film studies courses, even at MA level, only look at the parts – this one looks at the whole. It puts students in a position to really understand the context in which film and other media operate.” Career opportunities This course is ideal for students seeking a job in cinema-related fields in areas such as programming, marketing or administration. It provides an understanding of film in relation to the global cultural industries. It is also a valuable academic qualification for people teaching film studies at all levels.

Areas of study include: Cultural theories

University of Bedfordshire 2013

European cinema

158

Film analysis Representation and reality Post-colonial and ‘third’ cinema World cinema and global media

Gain a thorough understanding of cinema within a global perspective – as well as studying the media as a whole

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

To find out more contact Dr. Austin Fisher: t: +44 (0)1234 743 173 e: austin.fisher@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class first degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Journalism or the equivalent. Applicants will be expected to produce a portfolio of journalism work which should include: a news story and a 1,000-word feature article on a given subject. Inclusion of these two pieces is the minimum requirement for portfolio submission. Applicants to this course will also be interviewed about how they researched and wrote the pieces in their portfolio. Staff will then assess the prospective student’s aptitude and suitability for the course. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Evaluate and analyse globalisation in its many guises, including: the nature of the global downturn; the role of important transnational global economic and political players; and how digital technologies and new media and business opportunities and challenges have changed how journalists work n Learn

the craft of thorough and effective journalism practice for audiences from the hyper-local to the global, instructed by experienced professionals

n Develop

an internationalised approach to journalism beyond specific cultural perspectives, deepening the level analysis

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

(MA)

n Learn

and practice the latest academic and journalistic research techniques

n Articulate

your journalism across a series of media platforms

n Produce

under supervision a final project or subject of your choice, either in the form of a journalistic portfolio or as an academic dissertation

About the course The MA International Journalism is a course for our times, designed to respond to the various challenges of globalisation and the need for a more internationalised approach to journalism. The degree will challenge those from the UK and beyond to think past their national perspectives, comprehending that to get the full story you need to look across both geographical borders and traditional divisions within journalism. Today’s big stories are complex, simultaneously political, economic, hyper-local and global. On the course you will learn and critique theories relating to the role of the media and globalisation and will have the opportunity to practise journalism across various media platforms, using our new state-of-the-art digital newsroom. Career opportunities The qualification will be of value to anyone seeking to work as regional or national reporters, political, economic and foreign correspondents. In terms of journalism’s related industries, the qualification would be of value to those seeking work as media regulators, related lobby groups and the creative industries more broadly. The media industry is a rapidly changing field and an understanding of the ways in which the media can be allied is an important transferable skill. The project work on the course provides an opportunity to make contacts and develop specialist knowledge of specific areas of the media and regulation. Typical areas that media graduates could expect to find work in include

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

broadcasting, journalism, arts or media administration, governmental regulation of the media and lobbying of governments on behalf of the media, research, marketing, sales and advertising, design, and writing. Students who graduate from this MA course will be qualified to apply for MPhil and PhD research degrees.

Areas of study include: The global reporter Journalism practices around the world Research methods Multiplatform journalism Research project

To find out more contact Dr Paul Rowinski: t: +44 (0)1582 489 195 e: paul.rowinski@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

Media, Arts & Performance

International Journalism

159


Media, Arts & Performance

Mass Communications Starts in: September or February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as
a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent. Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n We have been offering Master’s courses in media for more than 15 years and this course has grown out of our experience and expertise in new media, cinema, and journalism

(MA)

examines key issues of media and communication, introducing principles of cultural theories and media research methods. For this course you must complete a series of core units that address the central issues and concepts informing the study of the media. You can then choose from a range of units that address various aspects of media, including new media technologies, cyberculture, electronic publishing, the media industries and international cinema. Your choice can be guided by your interests. For example, a student interested in the international media industry could combine units on publishing, the internet and international cinema to gain a better understanding of the environment in
which they may work in the future. The course includes two self-directed independent study projects, which can be either a dissertation based on a research project, or a practical project with a critical contextual study. It is this project work that provides you with the opportunity to tailor the course to your own interests (subject to staff supervisory expertise).

have academic staff who are specialists in many areas including new media, publishing, journalism, radio, the
media industry, cinema, documentary production and sport in the media

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n We

160

to develop your own specialist interests, with individual tuition

Career opportunities A wide range of potential employment opportunities in the media exist for those who have developed their knowledge and understanding at postgraduate level, including media research, journalism, arts administration, advertising and PR.

Areas of study include: Media theories and methods Designing for the web Media and cyberculture Publishing, culture and technology World cinema and global media since 1975 Representation and reality Online industry and culture Film analysis

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart: t: +44 (0)1234 743 250 e: gavin.stewart@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

n Opportunities

n Opportunities

to volunteer on our community radio station Radio LaB 97.1fm for those who have skills in this area

About the course As the various elements of the mass media converge, it is increasingly appropriate to develop a broader understanding of how different aspects of the media interconnect. This course

www.beds.ac.uk 

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Dipannita Mukjerjee MA Mass Communications student

To be a professional in the field you need to know the theories, so I decided to study this course to give me an overall idea of media. I really enjoyed the unit on world cinema and global media since 1975.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent. Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The course has been running successfully for more than 12 years and was launched as part of our strategic development of research on new media and convergence

(MA)

the internet, video games, film, television programmes and increasingly, mobile computing. This investigation
occurs in both the theoretical and practical components of the course and uses an extensive and diverse range of literature, course materials and assessments that draw on a wide range of intellectual traditions.

Career opportunities Career paths open to you include web design, mobile computing design, media research, journalism, advertising and PR.

Areas of study include: Designing for the web

The course also offers opportunities to study a range of disciplines relating to media, culture and technology. In doing so, you will develop a portfolio of work and explore many of the latest developments in communication technologies.

Media and cyberculture

This course includes two self-directed independent study projects, which can be either a dissertation based on a research project, or a practical project with a critical contextual study. Students can choose to be supervised for their independent studies in a wide range of subjects; including new media studies, digital aesthetics, computer game cultures, cyberculture and the impacts of mobile computing on society.

Media theory

Games studies Online industry and community Publishing and new technology Research methods Representation and reality

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart: t: +44 (0)1582 743 250 e: gavin.stewart@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

n The

n The

Research Institute for Media, Art and Design also plays host to the annual Under the Mask: Perspective on the Gamer conference, as well as staging regular research seminars, screenings, talks by guest speakers and reports on our various research projects

About the course This course investigates the major developments and current debates in media theory as they relate to contemporary media artefacts; such as

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Steven Conway MA Media, Culture & Technology graduate

I chose the course to broaden my skills, maximise my employability, and most importantly to satiate my curiosity with regard to many subjects, concepts and theories. This course has taught me the enormous value of critical thinking and remains invaluable in the work environment.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Research Institute for Media, Art and Design at the University of Bedfordshire is the editorial base
 for Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

Media, Arts & Performance

Media, Culture & Technology

161


Media, Arts & Performance

Performing Before the Camera Starts in: February Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 semester full-time, or 6 months part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: Applicants are expected to have a BSc/BA or equivalent in the area of arts, humanities, or social science.
In addition to these standard entry requirements, all applicants will be interviewed. We will also consider applicants with relevant professional experience, who will be judged by an interview panel. Because the course requires teamwork, it will not run if there are fewer than five students. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Engage in a curriculum that anticipates the needs of the industry, including up-to-date practices and techniques of working before the camera n Enjoy

the opportunity of building professional contacts and experience while completing the course

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n Gain

162

first-hand experience of the roles within a professional multicamera TV studio equipped with a fully-functional professional gallery

n Benefit

from access to a dedicated theatre space for your practice complete with cameras, a projector and a professional gallery

n Participate

in exciting research seminars, conferences and projects

n Learn

to operate our recording and editing facilities to support your progressive development, archiving and final presentation of your show-reel

www.beds.ac.uk 

(PgCert)

About the course This innovative course focuses on performing and presenting in front of a camera in a variety of situations, including fictional drama and factual programming. It is designed for individuals who have found the need to develop this area of expertise in their professions and who may, or may not, have a background in acting and public speaking. This could include political figures, spokespersons, presenters, reporters, actors, and any others who may expect to be in the public eye. The curriculum of this course is largely tailored to your individual needs. To enable your personalised learning, we will address your unique concerns and emphasise the development of your performance through practice-based research. Your performance before the camera is an integral part of your research method. Your learning will be multi-faceted. You will experience different roles within a professional TV studio and theatre via technical workshops and your progress will be archived for a final presentation of your professional show-reel. You will also be working in an exciting research environment supported by the Research Institute of Media, Art and Design (RIMAD), which holds regular seminars and conferences in which students can be involved. Should you particularly enjoy the research elements of the course, you will have the opportunity to be directly involved, or employed within the Research Informed Teaching (RIT) scheme to work on research projects in co-operation with our academic staff. Strong professional links embedded within the course provide opportunities to build invaluable professional contacts and experience from your participation in masterclasses and seminars run by directors, actors and other experts working within television, film and other media/professional industries. In addition, our close location to London will enable you to have easy access

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

to the UK’s hub for the expansion of satellite and digital television and its internationally renowned West End theatre scene. Career opportunities This course opens up numerous career opportunities for postgraduates pursuing a professional career in acting and presenting for television/film and for those pursuing careers in journalism, politics and business who, in the course of their work, are frequently called upon to present themselves and their ideas before a camera.

Areas of study include: Working before the camera Practice-based research methods for performance to camera

To find out more contact Dr. Maria Wiener: t: +44 (0)1234 489 274 e: maria.wiener@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

Our Media facilities will help to prepare you to work confidently in front of the camera

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Media, Arts & Performance

Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You should possess a good Honours degree, or a Master’s degree or equivalent qualification. Candidates will normally be in relevant employment and experienced senior professionals or managers in journalism, media, television or related fields.

n The

Research Institute for Media, Art and Design has a mature research base in media, an experimental centre for e-dance research and a highly active exhibition culture in art and design

n The

Doctorate runs from October to July for the first year of the research degree, and the taught elements are delivered in blocks, enabling you to continue to work while you study

About the course Our Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television is ideal for senior practitioners and managers. It is also suitable for media educators, including those with previous industry backgrounds, aiming to equip themselves in these and cognate areas, with a knowledge base and analytical grounding in emerging media theories and multi-platform journalism and research methods, as relevant to individual fields of enquiry. This will ensure candidates have a secure base from which to conduct research that makes an original contribution both to their companies and their professional fields at the highest level. A Professional Doctorate requires a significant original contribution to knowledge in the student’s field of professional practice. The thesis, and any allied research-based projects

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Establish networks with like-minded professionals across a range of media industries and develop your own original ideas

required to complete stage two of the Doctorate, will usually be based in the student’s own industry or workplace and will derive from their own professional practice. It is assumed that this research will contribute to the development of the media industries in general, specific companies in particular, and specifically the capacity of individuals to reflect analytically about their work place. Read more about this research degree by viewing our online Professional Doctorate brochure at: www.beds.ac.uk/profdoc Career opportunities The career paths that are available to our graduates include roles as senior teachers, management, and public service jobs in the media industries.

Areas of study include: Emerging media theories Professional contemporary practice Models and methods of media analysis Thesis – circa 50,000 words in length

To find out more contact the Research Graduate School: t: +44 (0)1582 489 031 e: rgsoffice@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/media

Tim Collings Professional Doctorate student

Scan the code to see what else Tim has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/tim

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

“My advice would be: make sure you have enough time, and don’t allow outside pressures to restrict your availability to dedicate yourself to it. I have found some of the things we have been presented with quite enlightening, sometimes entertaining and pretty intriguing.

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Key features n We are the only UK University to offer this award

163


Psychology & Social Studies

The University boasts a body of international staff who undertake leading research in a wide range of psychology and social studies fields. Therefore our courses provide our students with the latest thinking and knowledge, and the skills which meet current employer and governmental agendas for these professions – ultimately ensuring that they are highly employable after graduation.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

The University’s Department of Psychology has a body of international staff with extensive research and teaching interests in a wide range of psychology fields. There is particular emphasis on the new and more dynamic aspects of this exciting and rewarding subject.

164


Courses 168 MA Applied Social Work: Practice Education 169 MA Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services

Psychology & Social Studies

Psychology & Social Studies

170 MA Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families 171 PgDip/MSc Coaching Psychology* 172 MSc Forensic Psychology 173 MSc Health Psychology 174

Master of Professional Social Work

175 Professional Doctorate in Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC & YPSL)

Professor Michael Preston-Shoot Professor of Social Work Dean of the Faculty of Health and Social Sciences

176 Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice (PDSP) 177 MSc Psychological Approaches to Health & Management 178 MSc Social Work

Scan the code to see what else Michael has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/ michaelps

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime *Subject to approval

University of Bedfordshire 2013

179 Specialist Social Work

Our students have the opportunity to learn from, and work alongside, internationally renowned researchers who shape policy and service provision. We maintain strong partnerships with government departments, voluntary organisations and providers of healthcare services – allowing us to bring a strong applied focus to our teaching and learning, and deliver courses which meet the needs of the next generation workforce.

165


Psychology & Social Studies

Why choose Bedfordshire? Benefit from cutting-edge research in which lecturers are involved We have a fully international staff team with a wealth of expertise from around the world You will have the opportunity to work collaboratively with staff on research projects and present outcomes at prestigious conferences Enjoy access to excellent teaching and research facilities which are exclusive to psychology students In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 50 per cent of our applied social studies research was commended as “worldleading” (including social work and social policy), and our funding more than doubled as a result Research conducted within the Psychology department provides evidence of outstanding and original achievement in, and contribution to, the discipline of psychology

Psychology

Our British Psychological Society (BPS) accredited MSc Health Psychology has received commendations for the quality of provision and student satisfaction. We also have a new BPS accredited MSc in Forensic Psychology – the only one in the region – which supports the requirements of the BPS Division of Forensic Psychology. In addition, we offer the well-regarded MSc Psychological Approaches to Health and Management, providing a range of skills for students with little or no psychology in their undergraduate degree, but who have interests in psychology. There is also an innovative MSc in Coaching Psychology (currently subject to approval).

Specialist facilities

We boast the best leading-edge equipment to support our students in their studies, including: n  A cognitive

and biological psychology laboratory, offering specialised and up-to-date physiological data acquisition equipment

n  Eye-tracking

technology

n  Problem-solving,

perception and skills-learning equipment

n  A wide

range of psychometric testing software

n  A human

interaction laboratory, which can be used for child observation and social interaction, fully equipped with a two-way mirror and linked to a multimedia studio

n  A qualitative

data analysis laboratory with specialist software

n  An

intranet resource laboratory

n  Data

analysis laboratories which are equipped with the latest statistical and experimental software

n  A TV

studio and multimedia editing suites

n  Individual

research cubicles, fully equipped with psychology-specific software for creating and running experiments

Applied Social Studies

The University’s Department of Applied Social Studies has rapidly come to be

Jacqui Hart

University of Bedfordshire 2013

PhD in Post-traumatic Stress Disorder

166

I enjoyed my time at Bedfordshire so much that I came back for a PhD. My undergraduate degree in Psychology was the perfect platform. The most difficult aspect of studying for a PhD is keeping within the parameters of the research question because I start to read fascinating articles in related subjects. But that is also what is so rewarding – it can send you in all sorts of interesting directions.


We are accredited by the National Youth Agency (NYA) to provide courses leading to youth and community work qualifications, and by the General Social Care Council (GSCC) for the delivery of social work courses. The staff combine extensive research and teaching interests across social work, youth work, criminal justice, social studies and health and social care, making for an impressive and hugely active body of research.

Research applied

psychological research Research conducted within the Psychology department provides evidence of outstanding and original achievement, and contribution to the discipline of psychology. Members are renowned both nationally and internationally, and their research has been widely disseminated in peerreviewed journals, books, book chapters and research reports, as well as at national and international conferences.

n  Impact

of therapies on depression and distress

World-leading applied social studies research

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 50 per cent of our applied social studies research was commended as “worldleading” (including social work and social policy), and our funding more than doubled as a result. Staff are actively involved in research projects and have authored an impressive number of texts in their specialist areas such as social work, youth work, criminal justice, social studies, and health and social care, as well as investigating ways in which students learn within higher education. Many of the professors, senior researchers and teaching staff have valuable national and international reputations for the quality of their research, and are frequently consulted by government departments, local authorities, professional associations and voluntary organisations.

with King’s College London in running a programme of conferences and seminars which draw on the top speakers in their field, open to postgraduate students free of charge. These exciting opportunities provide direct contact with leading academics.

Research degree study areas

We welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

Psychology & Social Studies

recognised as a centre of excellence in the study of social care and social policy. This has been achieved by developing and delivering high-quality courses of academic and professional study and by undertaking innovative and influential strategic and applied research relevant to policy makers, service managers and practitioners.

n  Child

and family welfare: children in care, services for troubled adolescents, children in need, poverty and social exclusion

n  Child

abuse and child sexual exploitation, and the trafficking of children and young people

n  Evidence-based n  Crime

social work

disorder and public safety

n  Special

educational needs

n  Occupational

stress

n  Evaluation

of education and victim support services

See page 185 for more information.

Not only does our research inform teaching, but we also work closely

Examples of the areas of research in the department include: balance, work stressors and wellbeing

n  Coaching

psychology

n  Cyber-harassment n  Drug

addiction, obesity and binge eating

n  Eye-witness

misidentification, offender behaviour and rehabilitation

n  Developmental

reading disability and eye-movement tracking during reading

n  Graduate

employability and the student experience

n  Cross-cultural

satisfaction

studies of marital

Students benefit from using state-of-the-art psychological equipment such as the ‘brain wave’ hat monitor

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n  Work-life

167


Psychology & Social Studies

Applied Social Work: Practice Education Starts in: September or February Location: Putteridge Bury campus Duration: Up to 30 months part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: This course is designed to meet the requirements of Stage 2 of the new Practice Educator Framework (Skills for Care 2010) as recommended by the Social Work Reform Board. Students applying for this course will normally have the support of their employer and must be in a position to mentor and support the learning of a team member, colleague, or student in work-based learning. Entrants will have achieved Stage 1 Practice Educator status as defined by the Practice Educator Framework prior to commencing the course and should have a minimum of three years post-qualifying experience. Successful applicants will normally have a first degree and preferably a 2:1, must have a professional qualification in Social Work, and be registered with the professional body. Key features n This course builds upon the University of Bedfordshire’s reputation for providing high-quality education and training in Practice Education course is driven by the new Professional Capabilities Framework for Social Workers [PCF] in mind (SWRB 2010) and ensures excellence in practice

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n This

168

n Benefit

from a cutting-edge response to the changing nature of social work education building on the department’s expertise in both teaching, learning and research in effective Practice Education

About the course The MA in Applied Social Work: Practice Education is part of a range of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses available for Social Workers at the University. This course is part of a developing portfolio of courses designed to support Social

www.beds.ac.uk 

Workers in their professional careers and to extend and deepen professional competence in an area of advanced and applied practice: in this instance Practice Education. This course has been devised following the recommendations of both the Social Work Reform Board and in accordance with the Practice Educator Professional Standards (PEP). Inherent within these proposals is the importance of the Practice Educator role in making complex decisions on students’ suitability for Social Work practice. The role of the Practice Educator is seen as crucial in ensuring the links between academic learning and work-based practice are secured. Practice Educators need to have a systematic understanding of knowledge, and a critical awareness of Social Work practice, its complexity, and have a comprehensive understanding of techniques applicable to Practice Education which this course is designed to deliver. The PEP sets out learning outcomes that Practice Educators should meet to demonstrate that they are competent. It provides clear expectations as to how they should be assessed and the qualifications and experience required. The overall aim is to improve the quality of Practice Education and to provide qualifying Social Work students with high-quality preparation, appropriate skills and knowledge, in their Social Work training by providing excellent practice learning opportunities with well-trained and qualified Practice Educators. Career opportunities As this course has been developed within the new framework for CPD as defined by the Social Work Reform Board it offers clear career opportunities. Students successfully completing the course will be able to specialise within their field, in Professional Education in Social Work. Furthermore, as the Practice Educator Framework develops nationally, there will be increased demand for practitioners who have a

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

(MA)

high level of skills in work-based learning and assessment in order to provide the practice-based learning required across the spectrum of qualifying and postqualified education.

Did you know? The unique feature of this course is that it has been specifically developed to respond to the Social Work Reform Board’s recommendations for Continuing Professional Development for Social Workers and with particular emphasis upon the Framework for Practice Educators.

Areas of study include: Managing teaching and learning Mentoring and coaching Teaching and assessing law Applied research skills

To find out more contact Louise Grant: t: +44 (0)1582 489 187 e: louise.grant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: You should have a First or upper Second Class Honours degree awarded by a UK university or other recognised awarding body, or an equivalent academic qualification, and/or relevant work experience. Key features n Work within the Department of Applied Social Studies, offering unique awards in social work, youth work, and child and adolescent development n Benefit

from the department’s particular expertise in children’s services, youth work and youth crime and justice. It has gained a national and international reputation for its research and scholarship within the Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR)

n Develop

key research and analytical skills that are vital for your profession and effectively enhance your expertise in issues relating to children’s and young people’s services

About the course By analysing in depth the current policy context for work with children and young people, this innovative Master’s course is especially relevant to those working, or wishing to work, in the field. The course focuses on the theories underpinning policy and practice, addresses the current political and policy perspectives on marginalised children, young people and their families, alongside dealing with methods of social enquiry and research. Designed for professionals and graduates who wish to enhance their current knowledge of policy for children and young people, this course provides you with an opportunity to research policy intensively. In addition, the course offers a framework for researching how certain policies affect families and a general understanding of how policy impacts upon

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

children and young people – ultimately equipping you with the skills necessary to operate effectively in this field. During your time studying this course, you will be able to engage and communicate with others involved in practice and policy-focused research pertaining to children and young people. You will also be able to examine theory on child protection, lifespan development and the sociological and psychological factors involved in childhood and adolescence. The course enables students to gain a strong grounding in politics, policy and service development. In addition, you will explore the relationships between theory, research and evidence, as well as the contributions of qualitative and quantitative approaches to research. This course has been designed with direct input from our “world-leading” researchers, who also teach on the units (RAE 2008). The teaching on this course is designed to maximise convenience for you as a busy professional. The curriculum is taught in blocks of two-three days throughout the year. There is an expectation of 25 days attendance (maximum). Additional face-to-face and virtual tutorial support is offered throughout the term. Career opportunities This course is designed to meet the needs of graduates who wish to specialise in working with children and young people, and is aimed at professions in social work, youth work, education and related children and family services. Armed with a good postgraduate degree, students can expect to be promoted to managerial roles or have an opportunity to be recruited into other senior roles within their profession. Graduates will be able to secure employment in a range of positions within service delivery for children and young people across all sectors as well as opportunities in research and policy development.

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Areas of study include: Critical issues in the delivery of services to children, young people and families The conceptual framework – theories shaping public policy for children’s and young people’s services Models and methods of social investigation Dissertation Young people and illicit drug use in the UK (optional) Socially excluded young people, education, training and employment (optional) Youth justice: current issues and critical perspectives (optional) Violent youth crime and group offending (optional) The trafficking and sexual exploitation of children and young people (optional) Young people’s participation (optional)

To find out more contact Fiona Factor: t: +44 (0)1582 743 774 e: fiona.factor@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September

Psychology & Social Studies

Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services (MA)

169


Psychology & Social Studies

Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families Starts in: September Location: Putteridge Bury campus Duration: Up to 30 months part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: There are specific qualification, registration and experience entry requirements for this course. Successful applicants will normally have an Honours degree (2:2 or above), and must have a professional qualification in Social Work. All applicants should be practising social workers in a children and families social work setting. Most applicants will have a minimum of three years of post-qualifying experience within the children and families setting for direct entry into the course. Those social workers who have less than three and more than one year of consecutive post-qualifying experience in children and families social work must successfully complete the 30 credit Embedding Professional Capabilities unit before they are allowed to continue onto the Master’s course. Applicants must be registered with the professional body for social workers. Key features n This course builds upon the University of Bedfordshire’s reputation for providing high-quality post-qualifying education and training for children and families social workers

University of Bedfordshire 2013

n This

170

course has been specifically developed to respond to the Social Work Reform Board’s recommendations for Continuing Professional Development for Social Workers and with particular emphasis upon the Munro Review of Child Protection and her recommendation for developing social work expertise in knowledge, analysis and intervention (DFH 2010b)

n This

course is driven by the new Professional Capabilities Framework for Social Workers [PCF] in mind (SWRB 2010) and ensures excellence in practice

www.beds.ac.uk 

n Benefit

from a cutting-edge response to the changing nature of social work education that builds on the department’s expertise in both teaching, learning and research in effective Practice Education

About the course The MA Applied Social Work Practice: Children and Families is part of a range of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses available for Social Workers at the University. This course is part of a developing portfolio of courses designed to support Social Workers in their professional careers and to extend and deepen professional competence in an area of advanced practice: in this instance Children and Families. This course has been devised in accordance with the recommendations of both the Social Work Reform Board and the Munro Review of Child Protection (DFE 2010a; DFE 2010b; 2011). This course is designed to provide children and families social workers with the advanced systematic understanding, knowledge and skills needed for competent practice and the development of higher level Professional Capability. It recognises that social workers need to develop professional expertise in making the best judgements in complex family interventions. Acknowledging that social workers require confidence, resilience and adaptability to cope with the multifaceted demands, risk and uncertainty in social work practice, this course will be built on a firm foundation of evidence from research and best professional practice. Recognising

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

(MA)

the importance of critical analysis and reflection in assessments, planning and decision making, this course will equip social workers with the analytical skills necessary for fostering sound ethical judgements in the changing context of social work. Drawing from the Professional Capability framework for social workers, practitioners will be enabled to demonstrate a substantially enhanced level of competence and management of risk, fostering the principles outlined in the codes and values for social workers whilst emphasising service users’ rights, diversity and the importance of social justice. Career opportunities As this course has been developed within the new framework for CPD as defined by the Social Work Reform Board it offers clear career progression opportunities. Students successfully completing the course will be able to specialise within their field, as there will be increased demand for practitioners who have a high level of mastery in children and family social work which will undoubtedly enhance career opportunities in the increasingly competitive public sector market.

Areas of study include: Complex decision making and risk Current issues in children services Optional units in a range of subject areas such as sexual exploitation, gang crime, fostering and adoption and sexual trafficking

To find out more contact Louise Grant: t: +44 (0)1582 489 187 e: louise.grant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


n The

Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: Students will normally be required to have attained at least a second class Honours degree in Psychology or a closely related subject. Relevant work experience in either a paid or voluntary capacity is a desirable, though not essential, entry requirement. Relevant work experience may be in any one or more of the following, or allied areas: n  Counselling

(including telephone and computer-assisted counselling)

n  Advice

and guidance (including careers advice and helplines)

n  Teaching

and tutoring

n  Learning

support (including mentoring)

n  Research

within the area of psychology and related fields

n  Health

and care related posts

n  Support

work within the charity and voluntary sector All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The MSc Coaching Psychology is one of a small number of Postgraduate level courses in Coaching Psychology in the UK n You

will be taught by members of a team who are actively involved in the development of the discipline of Coaching Psychology and have been for a number of years

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

course is informed by the teaching team’s areas of individual expertise and informed by our research interests and coachingrelated consultancy activities

About the course The course is contemporary in its coverage of theory and practice, with a curriculum that reflects recent developments in the rapidly expanding field of coaching psychology. In line with the core philosophy of the course the teaching strategy aims to link theory with practice. Hence students will be introduced to diverse theories, historical and current, relevant to coaching psychology. In doing so, they will be reflecting critically on these ideas whilst considering how they might apply in the setting within which they may be undertaking coaching and/or research. Students will also engage in substantial practical work such as designing coaching interventions; undertaking supervised coaching practice; writing case studies and maintaining reflective practice logs. The course facilitates experiential opportunities to enable students to become more selfaware, and to experiment with new skills and techniques. A deepening knowledge of psychological theory and coaching approaches will be applied to this work as the course progresses. The course is designed to prepare students for a future career as a coaching psychologist and to give them the necessary skills to continue to develop as coaching psychologists within their own specialism after completion of the MSc. Career opportunities Coaching Psychology is a growing professional route and one that is relevant to applications across a number of employment sectors. However, the advanced route to accredited practitioner status is only one possibility and, having completed the degree students will find that career opportunities are open both inside and outside psychology. Whilst life coaching is one possible career route from the

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

course, graduates skills and knowledge obtained can be usefully applied in the charity, voluntary and social enterprise sectors. The MSc is a useful springboard for clinical psychologists, counsellors, educators and nurses who have a particular interest in positive psychology theory and coaching.

Areas of study include: Theories of personality and individual differences Underlying theories of psychotherapeutic approaches Coaching practice in diverse organisational settings Specific intervention approaches such as motivational interviewing Coaching practice and reflective practice development Psychological perspectives and positive psychology Research methods in coaching psychology

Did you know? The MSc in Coaching Psychology presents a way into the core approaches that inform the way psychologists work as coaches today. Being a part of this course will enable you to explore the ways in which coaching is used to enhance well-being and performance in everyday life and enable you to grow and maximise your own potential in life and work.

To find out more contact Dr. Emma Short: t: +44 (0)7881 521 350 e: emma.short@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

*Subject to approval

Psychology & Social Studies

Coaching Psychology* (PgDip/MSc)

171


Psychology & Social Studies

Forensic Psychology (MSc) Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in Psychology and provide evidence of the Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS) or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

University of Bedfordshire 2013

About the course Forensic psychology is not only a key area within the Department of Psychology but is also an established profession, and one that is relevant to the whole community. This course provides Stage One training towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist and a full member of the British Psychological Society (BPS) Division of Forensic Psychology, and is the only MSc Forensic Psychology course in the region – Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Buckinghamshire and Northamptonshire.

172

The course is accredited by the BPS Division of Forensic Psychology and its exciting and engaging curriculum supports the Division’s requirements, as well as incorporating the teaching team’s research expertise. It will therefore cover areas such as criminological psychology, investigative psychology, psychology in the courtroom, and the assessment and treatment of offenders. The course content is employmentfocused, involving ‘realistic learning’ with aspects of forensic psychology tied to real-life scenarios and practice.

www.beds.ac.uk 

A number of specialist lectures are delivered by professionals working in the field. The course will also cover advanced training in research methods and professional skills. The final part of the course includes the dissertation unit which allows the student to engage in detail within a research topic relevant to forensic psychology. The course provides a strong integrated programme of Forensic and Criminal Psychology at foundation, undergraduate and postgraduate levels. It can be taken as part of a pathway from a foundation degree, through the BSc (Hons) Psychology and Criminal Behaviour or the BSc (Hons) Psychology degrees which confer the Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership with the BPS, to the Master’s level award and Stage One qualification in Forensic Psychology. It is also on track to include the Stage Two qualification in the near future. Key features n Accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS) n We

offer a forward-thinking and progressive curriculum

n Excellent

links with local courts and prisons

n Our

applied research in areas such as psychopathy, violence and drinkdriving has gained national and international recognition

n Our

research has been published in nationally and internationally recognised journals

Career opportunities Forensic psychology can be evidenced in a range of settings such as the prison and probation service, the NHS during criminal investigations, and in community settings. More so, the advanced route to Chartership in forensic psychology also opens up a range of career opportunities both inside and outside the forensic sector and the field of psychology.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Get hands-on experience of reporting on a witness case

Areas of study include: Criminological and psychological approaches to crime and patterns of crime Offender profiling Geographical profiling Police interview techniques Forensic psychology in the courtroom The treatment and assessment of offenders Violent and sexual offenders Working with offenders with mental disorder Young offenders Female offenders Substance misuse and offending

To find out more contact Louise Starkie: t: +44 (0)1582 743 703 e: louise.starkie@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in Psychology and provide evidence of the Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS) or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n We offer a forward-thinking and progressive curriculum n Excellent

links with healthcare providers and the University’s Postgraduate Medical School

n Our

applied research in areas such as stress, and health and weight management has gained national and international recognition

n Our

research has been published in nationally and internationally recognised journals

About the course This innovative course is designed to meet the needs of psychology graduates who wish to specialise in the psychology of health, illness and the healthcare system, and it forms Stage One of the training required to become a chartered psychologist and full member of the Division of Health Psychology (DHP) within the BPS. It also provides the first step towards becoming a Registered Health Psychologist with the Health Professions Council (HPC). The course comprises eight compulsory taught units and a research project which forms the basis of a thesis. The

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

taught units are designed to cover the core curriculum for Master’s degrees in health psychology, as stipulated by the DHP training committee (BPS).

management level or apply health psychology knowledge and methods to educate and improve patient recovery and health.

The core philosophy of the course revolves around using a scientistpractitioner model to equip you with research and practical skills, all within the diverse cultural background that the Luton community provides. Students completing the course will have a strong theoretical background in health psychology and a variety of practical skills required for working in the field.

Career options include working in Government (advising on policy-making, effective interventions and advertising strategies); research (including project management, preventing illnesses – especially coronary heart disease and cancer – and patient-practitioner communication); and teaching. Graduates also work in the NHS on preparing for surgery/coping skills and psychological methods to manage stress, pain or terminal illness.

The Department of Psychology is very welcoming and relaxed. The Health Psychology team comprises nine members of staff, three of whom are registered health psychologists, and one who is Professor of Applied Psychology. Alumna Nicola Davies commented: “The MSc Health Psychology at the University of Bedfordshire taught me to think as a scientist and health professional, thus providing me with both theoretical and practical skills that I could apply within the field. The taught units were diverse and conducted in an environment that encouraged active learning. Since leaving the University, I’ve remained in contact with a number of the staff – who are now my colleagues. I’m indebted to them for helping me get where I am today.” Career opportunities The success of the course is reflected in the successful careers of our former students who have gained, or are about to gain a PhD. Others have progressed to careers including: Smoking Cessation Co-ordinator for an NHS Primary Care Trust (PCT); shared care support worker; Research Assistant in the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service (CAMHS); and employees in the Clinical Health Psychology Unit of Northampton General Hospital. As a chartered psychologist and registered health psychologist, you can work within the health sector at

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

Psychology & Social Studies

(MSc)

The non-BPS accredited Master’s course – Psychological Approaches to Health and Management – can be taken as an alternative if you do not have GBC. See page 177.

Areas of study include: Health psychology in applied contexts Lifestyle and individual differences Public health Effects of health interventions in areas such as health promotion, chronic stress, eating disorders and addiction Advanced research methods for health psychologists Stress, coping and chronic disease Mechanisms of health and disease Professional skills for health psychologists (including communication skills)

To find out more contact Professor Andy Guppy: t: +44 (0)1582 489 329 e: andy.guppy@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Health Psychology

173


Psychology & Social Studies University of Bedfordshire 2013 174

Master of Professional Social Work Starts in: Start date to be confirmed, information will be published on the DfE website Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Aylesbury, Oxford House Duration: 18 months full-time, work-based Open to: UK students* Entry requirements: Applicants for the postgraduate Social Work courses at the University of Bedfordshire must normally have been awarded an Upper Second Class Honours degree (2.1) in a course recognised by Higher Education Institutions in a broadly social science based discipline. For the CWDC approved ‘Step-Up to Social work’ course for which the Master of Professional Social Work Practice is approved, applicants may have a first degree (First Class or Upper Second Class honours) in any discipline. In addition, they must meet the CWDC criteria of having experience of working with children, young people and families, and demonstrate emotional resilience. As for any qualifying Social Work course, all successful applicants must also have achieved at least Key Skills level 2 in English and Mathematics. This would normally be equivalent to grade C in the GCSE examination in English and Mathematics. The initial selection process will be managed nationally by the Department for Education and applicants will then be interviewed locally by regional employers and their partner HEIs. Applicants will be required, through the selection process, to demonstrate substantial relevant experience and an aptitude to work with children and families in need, ie the appropriate personal qualities, values and skills to be a social worker. All applicants selected will be required to undertake a written task group exercises and personal interview as part of the selection process. Applicants will be required to declare any previous offences (including reprimands and formal warnings) and any previous disciplinary matters, and if selected, successful applicants will be required to undergo a Criminal Records

www.beds.ac.uk 

Bureau check to ensure their suitability for working with vulnerable groups. In addition, successful applicants will need to complete an occupational health check and give permission for contact with their GP, where necessary, to confirm their suitability for Social Work training. Students with relevant prior experience and /or certificated learning may be able to claim APL in accordance with the University’s published criteria and up to a maximum of 90 academic credits at Master’s level. Key features n You will be fully supported by an employer organisation and paid a bursary while you train n This

course is only open to students selected and sponsored by a Local Authority Children’s Services Department

About the course The Step-Up to Social work programme is a Government initiative described as “a tailored training programme which provides trainees with a Masters in social work, alongside intensive hands on experience. It has been specifically designed as a new way for career changers to train to become qualified social workers”. Local employers have been actively involved in shaping both the curriculum and delivery, providing opportunities for students to engage in work-based learning alongside academic study. Students will spend fifty per cent of their time over the duration of the course (ie a minimum of 200 days) in supervised and assessed professional practice in a range of social work and related agencies. All unit assessments have been designed to help students to develop and demonstrate the knowledge, skills and values required for professional practice and to prepare them fully to meet the requirements of the professional regulator as registered practitioners. Career opportunities Graduates will be able to enter the Professional Register as qualified

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Social Workers and work in a wide range of Statutory, private, voluntary and independent organisations, providing services to vulnerable and disadvantaged individuals, children, families, groups and communities. Post-qualifying (PQ) level study is available to qualified Social Workers in a range of settings, allowing graduates to engage in Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and demonstrate their fitness for continuing registration. The University of Bedfordshire offers PQ courses at Graduate and Postgraduate level with more courses being developed with local employers to meet the needs of the workplace. *UK students who have been selected and sponsored by a Local Authority Children’s Services Department, as part of the DfE scheme. Visit: http://uob.cc/ prof-social to find out more. You can also register your interest using this link and will be informed of future opportunities if and when they become available.

Areas of study include: Developing knowledge skills and theories for social work practice Critical issues in understanding law and society Ethics, values and anti-oppressive practice Critical issues in specialist and inter-professional practice Advanced skills for critical and reflective social work practice Advanced knowledge and theory for social work practice

To find out more contact Amanda Thorpe: t: +44 (0)1582 743 058 e: amanda.thorpe@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190)

Key features n The PDC&YPSL is the only course of its kind in Europe n The

course is supported by a large staff team of leading figures in the field, including leading figures in the field including Dr Tim Bateman (Director of Studies), Dr Isabelle Brodie, Dr Cherilyn Dance, Professor Donald Forrester, Professor Ravi Kholi, Professor Margaret Melrose, Professor Jenny Pearce, Professor John Pitts and Professor Michael Preston-Shoot

n A

wide range of guest speakers and lecturers contribute to the course

About the course The Professional Doctorate in Children and Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC&YPSL) has three strands: n Children’s n Young n Youth

services

people’s services justice

The course recognises the commonalities between these three fields of service delivery while enabling students to focus their research on the strand that fits most closely with their specialist area of interest. The PDC&YPSL is an intensive parttime degree developed jointly within the Institute for Applied Social Research at the University of Bedfordshire in partnership with Barnardos, the Brathay

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

Trust and Nacro Youth Crime Section. It is an applied alternative to a PhD for senior practitioners and managers, equipping them with a knowledgebase and theoretical grounding to make a significant original contribution to knowledge in their own field at the highest level. This course allows students to follow one of the three pathways listed above, depending upon their area of practice expertise. The structure of the PDC&YPSL The PDC&YPSL is completed in two stages over three years. Stage one consists of one taught year of study and is completed by an 8,000 to 10,000-word article of publishable quality. Stage two runs over two years and is completed by a 60,000-80,000 word thesis, or other form of research based project. It is anticipated that the independent research at stage two will draw on the student’s area of professional expertise. The course is designed to fit around students’ work commitments. Each year consists of three one week ‘schools’ in the autumn, winter and spring and three two-day seminars. Each student is assigned a supervisory team appropriate to their research interests. The team consists of a Director of Studies and a second supervisor. An external supervisor may be invited to join the supervisory team where expertise relating to a particular topic is required.

with staff and fellow students via a dedicated website and email. Career opportunities The PDC&YPSL equips students to assume senior professional and practice roles in children’s services, young people’s services, youth justice and allied fields, and can provide a career pathway to work in academia.

Areas of study include: Students take ‘Models and methods of investigation’ as a core unit during stage one, providing them with the necessary theoretical grounding and practical knowledge of research methods to undertake independent research during stage two. The remainder of the curriculum is tailored each year to the particular interests of the student cohort, but the cross disciplinary nature of the course ensures that students can draw on broad base of learning to provide a wider theoretical and policy context for their chosen pathway

To find out more contact Dr Tim Bateman: e: tim.bateman@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

There are regular opportunities for tutorials, and students can keep in touch

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Entry requirements: You should be a senior practitioner or manager in children and young people’s services, youth justice or an allied field and have substantial practice experience, a relevant first degree awarded with upper second or first class Honours and/or a relevant Master’s degree or equivalent. Please note that this course in not applicable for international applicants.

Psychology & Social Studies

Professional Doctorate in Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC&YPSL)

175


Psychology & Social Studies University of Bedfordshire 2013 176

Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice (PDSP) Starts in: February Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton Duration: 3 years part-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: Candidates should normally be experienced systemic professionals, working for example as consultants, therapists, leaders, trainers or supervisors. You should have an advanced level of understanding of systemic practice and wish to undertake research into relational practice using dialogical, collaborative, narrative, appreciative, post Milan, postmodern practices from the systemic social constructionist communities. It is expected that candidates will possess a minimum of a postgraduate qualification in an area of Systemic Practice or equivalent or higher professional qualification and a minimum of three years systemic practice experience. Candidates will normally be working in a relevant professional context which enables them to carry out the development of practice-based inquiry and to articulate of accounts of that practice for relevant audiences. Candidates will be required to submit a short piece of original writing on the topic of their proposed research and a statement about why they are interested in pursuing this doctoral course but are not bound by this research proposal. Key features n Produce reflexive practitioner research using innovative research methods coherent with systemic practice n Encourages

the use and development of systemic research methodologies and systemic adaptation of traditional research methods

n Supervised

by highly experienced systemic practitioner researchers, as well as other academics from within the University and from the international systemic community

www.beds.ac.uk 

About the course The Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice is a part-time course with three years of regular meetings designed to support a creative learning community of practitioner researchers who will be developing and writing about innovative and cutting-edge systemic practice. It provides opportunities for experienced practitioners to make an original contribution to their professional field at the highest level. This PhD equivalent is aimed at people wanting to undertake research directly related to their practice. Systemic Practice occurs in wide range of environments and with a broad range of people. We anticipate that practitioners coming into this course will have an advanced appreciation of the use of systemic ideas in work areas that might include organisations, communities, therapy, groups, teaching and supervision. This course draws on the KCC School of Systemic Practice. It encourages new ways of inquiring into systemic practice, into the fluid and shifting connections in the reflexive shaping of a) systemic theory and practice and b) systemic research theory and practice. The PDSP is an applied alternative to a PhD for advanced practitioners who want to benefit from membership of a systemic research school and its specialist understanding of systemic theory, practices and values. Like other professional doctorates, this course enables practitioners to engage in practitioner research which will usually be focused on an area of practice in which practitioners are currently engaged. The structure of the PDSP The PDSP has three phases requiring an attendance at five blocks of three days in each of the three years. Phase one includes i) learning opportunities which situate systemic practice and postmodern research methods in a social constructionist understanding of science, knowledge and research theory and ii) reflexive space which supports

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

the emergence and shaping of students’ research interests. Phase two centres around the development of the practical and theoretical inquiry into your practice. Students will continue to develop their practice project in consultation with the programme faculty, fellow students and with other members of the systemic and research communities. This aim of Phase three is to i) progress a completion plan for the research; ii) to develop writing and reporting skills; iii) to work on form and content of the portfolio; iv) to prepare for doctoral examination and understand doctoral standards. In addition, students can take a further year or two to complete Phase three after the end of year three. Throughout the course, there are regular opportunities for tutorials and students can keep in touch with staff and fellow students via a dedicated website and email. Career opportunities PDSP graduates will have undertaken research at the highest level and create an original contribution to the field. Graduates are encouraged to publish papers or books from their research. Professional doctorates may help to secure positions in academia and enhance one’s professional standing.

Areas of study include: Postmodern research methodologies; scientific discourses; reflexivity in and as research; relational ethics; systemic, collaborative, dialogical, social constructionist theory The student’s own research subject

To find out more contact Dr Gail Simon: t: +44 (0)7979 856 929 e: gail.simon@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree or equivalent professional qualification, as well as experience of, or interest in, working in a health setting. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n Excellent links with local healthcare providers and the University’s Postgraduate Medical School n A

unique combination of topics in health, psychological assessment and human resource management

n The

opportunity to develop skills towards applying for a certificate of Occupational Testing (level A)

About the course This course has been specifically designed for health professionals or

students with a health-related academic background who wish to improve their understanding of psychological concepts and applications in the area of health psychology and human resource management, with a view to developing their careers. It is also for graduates from a variety of disciplines who wish to pursue a career in primary mental health. The course will equip you with the managerial and clinical knowledge required for these roles. The course focuses on professional skills, the role of stress in the development of illnesses, the impact of personality and lifestyle variables on health and illnesses, mental health and its interventions and links with skills on human resource management and psychological testing for job selection and research purposes.

Career paths of graduates include: local directors of NHS community services for physiotherapy; dietetic, cancer screening and HIV-positive research posts within the NHS; managerial posts in Primary Care Trusts (PCT); mental health workers in primary care; and psychological test administrators in a reading disability centre. *Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a threemonth summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Areas of study include: Effects of lifestyle and individual differences on health behaviour

The course seeks to develop understanding of the main models and theories in the field of health, mental health and occupational psychology, to provide an insight into the relationship between psychology and other disciplines in the human sciences, and to provide knowledge of research skills needed in a practice setting.

Effects of health interventions in areas such as alcohol use and chronic stress

Career opportunities Typically, graduates can enhance their prospects of promotion to more responsible roles or have an opportunity to be recruited in primary care services, especially in relation to mental health.

Managing people and leadership skills at work

Research methods for health psychologists Occupational health psychology

Mental health in primary care Develop skills on application of cognitive behavioural therapies in primary care settings Stress: theories, measurement and management

Luciano Thomas MSc Psychological Approaches to Health & Management graduate

I am delighted to have chosen this course. It has armed me with practical experience and a confident readiness to embark upon broader horizons.

Psychological assessment from test administration to interpretation

To find out more contact Dr Candan Ertubey: t: +44 (0)1582 489 305 e: candan.ertubey@beds. ac.uk Dr Antigonos Sochos: e: antigonos.sochos@beds. ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Starts in: September or February

(MSc)

Psychology & Social Studies

Psychological Approaches to Health & Management

177


Psychology & Social Studies

Social Work (MSc) n Blended

Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 2 years full-time Open to: UK/EU/International students Entry requirements: You should have at least an upper Second Class Honours degree from a recognised Higher Education institution in a broadly social science-based discipline. Students with first degrees in other disciplines or with a lower second class degree may be considered if they can demonstrate substantial experience in social work or social care during the previous five years.

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Applicants must also have Key Skills level two or above in English and Maths, eg a GCSE at grade C or above, or equivalent qualification which includes an assessment of these skills. All applicants should demonstrate in their application substantial relevant experience of delivering social care services, either in a paid or voluntary capacity.

178

All applicants selected for an interview will be required to undertake a written task for which advanced notice and a reading list will be provided. They will also be required to declare any previous offences and, if selected, to submit to a CRB check. Applicants will also need to complete a health-check questionnaire and give permission for contact with their GP. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Key features n The GSCC (social work’s regulatory body until summer 2012) has commended our commitment to the provision of a supportive and studentcentred environment

www.beds.ac.uk 

learning throughout, which facilitates study from home

n The

University and GSCC review of Social Work at the University in 2009 commended the involvement of service users and carers in all elements of the courses

About the course Successful students achieve both a higher degree and a professional qualification in social work. The various aspects of the course are fully integrated and you will be encouraged to develop academic and practice skills, plus, from the beginning of your studies, you will develop a value and evidencebased approach to the profession. Placement opportunities are under constant development with our employer partners and are offered in statutory settings as well as in private and voluntary agencies. Both encompass work with a wide range of service user groups and offer the opportunity to work in partnership with other relevant professionals. Practice learning is structured in recognition of the fact that you may embark on the course with only a limited knowledge of social work practice, but will complete it as a professional ready to embrace employment in a range of settings. Your studies are designed to equip you with the knowledge and skills you will need to enable you to work with service users across the life course and within relevant statutory frameworks. You may be eligible for a bursary administered by the NHS Bursaries Unit. For more information, visit: www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk. We also work with employers who sponsor students through the course and hope to further develop this route into the profession with our local partners.

Career opportunities Successful students will be able to seek employment with a wide range of local authorities and within many private and voluntary agencies throughout the UK.

Areas of study include: The professional social work curriculum is under nationwide review following recommendations made by the Social Work Task Force and further developed by the Social Work Reform Board – you can find details at: www.education.gov.uk/swrb It is anticipated that the University of Bedfordshire’s revised curriculum will be delivered from 2013; details are not yet confirmed but the course will maintain its adherence to professional requirements and employability Similarly, the transition of the regulation of social work from the GSCC to the Health Professions Council may have implications for the course of which applicants will be advised as necessary. In the light of these imminent changes please note that while all information about the MSc in Social Work is provided in good faith it may be subject to change

To find out more contact Sally Cornish: t: +44 (0)1582 743 174 e: sally.cornish@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

All information is provided in good faith but please note that it may be subject to change because of national developments in social work education.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

E: admission@beds.ac.uk


Psychology & Social Studies

Specialist Social Work (Graduate Diploma) Starts in: September Location: Luton campus, Park Square Duration: 3 years full-time Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190) Entry requirements: This course is designed for qualified social workers in children and families social work, who are registered with the Health Care Professionals Council, who are employed in social work practice and are seeking to gain the Post Qualifying Award in Social Work at Specilaist Level. Successful applicants will not be permitted to proceed until they have gained the credits for the appropriate Consolidation unit or have satisfied APL requirements for this unit. Other professionals/service users may study the course or individual units they will qualify with a graduate diploma in work with Children Young People Families and Their Carers. Key features n This course has been designed in consultation with local employers to offer social workers and other professionals working with children, young people and their families with specialist knowledge to improve their social work practice

n Drawing

upon the extensive specialist knowledge in this field within the department, students will be encouraged to develop critical reflective skills and an ability to access up-to-date evidence and research to inform their practice. Thus, equipping them for the challenges they will face in the workplace

About the course This course has been designed for all qualified social workers and other professionals who work with children, young people and their families across all sectors. Equipping you with specialist knowledge and skills to improve your social work practice, this course is delivered by qualified staff and service

users who offer a range of thoughtprovoking areas of study. Career opportunities This course enables qualified social workers to demonstrate their competence as a social work practitioner and consolidate their learning since qualification. For those students without a qualifying degree in social work it will enable them, on completion to achieve a degree. This award allows social workers to demonstrate their commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and demonstrate their fitness for continuing registration. Many local employees use successful completion of this course as a part of their internal career progression structure.

Louise Grant Senior Lecturer in Social Work

Research and child care law Interprofessional working Ethics for professional practice Enabling others

The course stresses the importance of reflective practice and professional development. It therefore supports social workers in dealing with the uncertainties and complexities of professional social work practice with children and families.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK)

T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International)

To find out more contact Louise Grant: t: +44 (0)1582 489187 e: louise.grant@beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/psychology

E: admission@beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk

University of Bedfordshire 2013

Areas of study include:

179


getting starte

The following pages provide you with the information required to get you to your first day at the University in the simplest, swiftest manner. 180

www.beds.ac.uk

From fees and finance to town culture and maps to our campuses, it’s all in here and more besides.


183 Short professional courses 184 Taught courses

University of Bedfordshire

182 Your postgraduate qualification

185 Research degrees 186 Part-time study 187 Return to learning 188 Fees and funding 190 How to apply 191 Accommodation 192 Learning resources 193 Student support 194 Town life 196 Get involved in culture and the arts 197 Get involved in the University 198 Get involved in the Students’ Union

ted

There’s also information on our buzzing Students’ Union and ideas on how you can get involved and make the most of your University experience.

199 Get involved in sport 200 Investing in your career 201 Take me to Beds: directions 202 A-Z course index

If you require any further information visit our website at: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy or call our helpline on: +44 (0)1582 743500 181


Your postgraduate qualification We have a strong commitment to excellence in teaching, support and research, to ensure you gain a postgraduate qualification with strong career relevance and vocational value. Postgraduate study is an invaluable investment for life, designed to enhance your career prospects, facilitate career change, add to your academic achievements and provide you with an opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of an area that interests you. Postgraduate qualifications can be studied full-time, part-time or a number of courses are available via distance learning. We offer two main types of postgraduate degrees – taught and research-based.

Taught courses The University offers a selection of taught awards: n  MA

(Master of Arts)

n  MSc

(Master of Science)

n  LLM

(Master of Laws)

n  PgDip

(Postgraduate Diploma)

n  PgCert

(Postgraduate Certificate)

n  PGCE

(Postgraduate Certificate in Education) – this is an initial teacher training course and focuses mainly on developing teaching skills for the subject you intend to teach

n  MBA

(Master of Business Administration) – the MBA is best suited for those specialising in business, management or administration

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

182

www.beds.ac.uk

Research degrees Research degrees consist of independent study supervised by academic staff and can take between one to five years to complete. The University awards the following: n  MPhil

(Master of Philosophy)

n  MRes

(Master of Research)

n  MA

by Research (Master of Arts)

n  MSc

by Research (Master of Science)

n  PhD

(Doctor of Philosophy) – a PhD is an advanced level academic course and involves the submission of a thesis which is original academic research in a chosen field of study

n  Professional

Doctorates – These are practice-based research degrees. Professional Doctorates currently offered by the University include the Professional Doctorate in Children and Young People’s Services Leadership, a Doctorate in Education (EdD) and a Professional Doctorate in Media, Journalism, Cinema or Television

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research

Distance learning Some courses are available by distance learning with online support. There is no attendance requirement, which is ideal if you have other work or family commitments. For more information about which courses are available in the form of distance learning please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/distancelearning

Professional Accredited Certificates The University offers a range of professional certificates accredited by professional organisations to gain knowledge and develop skills in a specific area.

Entry requirements Applicants for a taught course require a good Honours degree in a related field or an equivalent qualification from a recognised university in the UK or overseas. Applicants for a research degree should generally have an Upper Second Class Honours or Master’s degree or equivalent in the relevant subject area. For MSc/MA by Research a good Honours degree is required in the appropriate subject. Some courses have additional entry requirements. Please see entry requirements for individual courses in this prospectus or visit our website for more details.

English language entry requirement All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. This is to ensure they have the ability to cope with the demands of the course. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/englishlanguage for detailed information and a list of other qualifications we accept.


The University of Bedfordshire offers professionally accredited courses in a diverse range of subject areas which provide you with opportunities to progress your career and develop your skills. Knowledge Hub

IT Service Management

The University of Bedfordshire’s Knowledge Hub delivers high-level training to groups and individuals in leadership and management, and works collaboratively with employers to provide training which meets the ever-changing demands of business. For more information on the following courses and bespoke training opportunities, and the latest information on costs and attendance, please contact the Knowledge Hub:

n  ITIL® V3

t: 0800 328 5334, e: knowledge@beds.ac.uk w: www.beds.ac.uk/knowledgehub

Project Management Training n  PRINCE2® n  PRINCE2

Foundation Course

n  PRINCE2

Practitioner Course

n  PRINCE2

Conversion Course

n  PRINCE2

Re-Registration Exam Workshop

Project Management Training n  Coaching

& Mentoring Workshop CMI Level 3

Foundation Certificate

Sales and Marketing Training n  Advanced

Sales & Marketing ISMM Level 3

n  Operational

Sales & Marketing ISMM Level 4

n  Account

Management and/or Sales Management ISMM Level 5

n  Change

Management Foundation

ITIL and PRINCE2® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. MSP™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce ®

For more information call: 0800 328 5334 or email: knowledge@beds.ac.uk Other short professional courses offered across the University’s Department’s include:

The University’s NHS Business Unit n  Continuing

Professional Development – Diploma to Degree: e: nhs-business-unit@beds.ac.uk

n  Award

Department of English Language & Communication

Advanced Project Management

n  General

in Leadership & Management CMI Level 5

n  Managing

Successful Programmes (MSP™)

English Language Courses: e: nicola.latimer@beds.ac.uk

n  Beginners Business Language Courses:

e: nick.gardner@beds.ac.uk

The Department of Psychology & Consultancy Training Unit The Department of Psychology at the University of Bedfordshire offers a portfolio of specialist and professional workshops and consultancy to researchers, academics, health and social services, business and not-forprofit organisations. Training areas include research methodology and analysis, creativity and thinking, stress management and wellbeing.

Your postgraduate qualification // Short professional courses

Short professional courses

For more information contact the Consultancy and Training Unit: e: ctu@beds.ac.uk w: www.beds.ac.uk/ctu The Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR) regularly designs and delivers industry-relevant courses and training events. t: 01582 743085 e: cara.senouni@beds.ac.uk

Entry requirements Entry requirements for each course vary so please visit our website or contact us for more information.

New courses The University is constantly developing and introducing new courses and training opportunities. For the most up-to-date listing for short and professional courses please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

183


Taught courses We offer an extensive selection of relevant taught postgraduate courses embedded with the specialist knowledge of leading academics to provide you with an outstanding qualification. Many taught courses can be carried out on a full- or part-time basis and are usually facilitated through lectures, seminars, tutorials or lab-based work, and tend to be assessed by coursework or examinations. The structure of a taught Master’s varies from course to course, so it is important to find out what your course of interest is offering. Many include some form of research project or dissertation, as well as taught elements. Some offer a choice of units, but others have a set criteria that all students have to follow. However, if you want to focus fully on research, then a research degree may be the best option. See page 185 for more information.

Qualifying criteria To qualify for a Master’s degree, you will need to gain 180 credit points at Master’s level. Typically this will be made up of eight 15-credit units and a dissertation worth 60 credits. A dissertation is a major piece of independent work in a chosen subject and forms a crucial part of your study. In most subjects, intermediate qualifications are available after completion of 60 credits (a Postgraduate Certificate) and 120 credits (a Postgraduate Diploma). This can be extended to a higher-level qualification at a later date, provided the credits you obtained are still current. Our Master’s courses involve independent work, with support from a University tutor.

184

www.beds.ac.uk

Study planning

Credit for prior achievements

A Master’s course can usually be completed in one year by full-time study with a September start. We also offer a January or February starts, in which case the course will run for 15 months. A number of our courses are available part-time – check out: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

If you have credit from a previous postgraduate qualification, whether studied at Bedfordshire or elsewhere, you may be able to use some of it towards a higher award. APCL (the Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning) is applicable if you have a recognised qualification, and APEL (the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning) is where credit is given for wider work experience. Please refer to the academic course contact if you think you may be eligible, who will be able to provide you with guidance and advice.

Delivery and support Most units are a blend of lectures and seminars, and are supported through materials that are available on the web via the University’s virtual learning environment – Bedfordshire Resources for Education Online (BREO). It is also possible to study particular units within the workplace (work-based learning) or to develop a unit to meet your own needs through independent study.

To find out more about our taught courses, visit:

www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

Education and teaching courses Postgraduate teaching courses run at our Bedford campus offer specialisms in a range of disciplines. Students undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement in addition to attending lectures, seminars and workshops.

Entry requirements Candidates should hold a good undergraduate degree at Honours level in a related field or an equivalent qualification from a recognised university in the UK or overseas. For post-experience and professional qualifications there may be additional entry requirements set by the University or professional body. Please check our website or contact our Admissions team to find out more.

Advantages of studying a Taught Master’s n Enables

you to develop necessary research skills and techniques n Study fits in with other commitments such as work or childcare n The course is taught over a longer period which allows more time for development n The course is more structured and more guidance on projects is provided n More contact time with your tutors and peers


For students who want to focus entirely on research, a research degree at the University of Bedfordshire may be the best option. There are currently around 185 full-time and 165 part-time research students at the University and over one third of those students are international. These are distributed between nine research institutes: n  Business

& Management Research Institute (BMRI)

n  Institute

of Health Research (IHR)

n  Institute

of Applied Social Research

(IASR)

n  Institute

of Biomedical & Environmental Science & Technology (iBEST)

n  Institute

for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC)

n  Research

Institute for Media, Art & Design (RIMAD)

n  Institute

(IRED)

for Research in Education

Leading in the field The University of Bedfordshire has scored consistently high ratings in teaching assessments carried out since 1995 by the Quality Assurance Agency. We work closely with employers and these links with industry are reflected in the research profiles of the institution. In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 the University of Bedfordshire was recognised for the quality of its research, greatly improving its position with respect to other UK institutes compared with previous years.

and Management Studies

n  Computer

Science and Informatics

For more information on Research Degrees and our Research Institutes please visit:

www.beds.ac.uk/research or www.beds.ac.uk/prospectus where you can view a digital version of our Research prospectus.

n  Communications,

Cultural and Media Studies

n  Earth

n  Institute

n  English

for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

n  Business

In this Government report, the University received recognition for its “world-leading” research activity in:

n  Institute

for Sport & Physical Activity Research (ISPAR)

The University has also been recognised as “internationally excellent” within the areas of:

Taught courses // Research degrees

Research degrees

Systems and Environmental Science Language and Literature

n  Social Work,

Social Policy and Administration

n  Sport, Tourism

and Leisure

Advantages of studying a Research Degree n  Enables

you to focus on/specialise in a particular research area that interests you

n  Independent

own ideas

study opportunity to develop your

n  Useful

if you are considering a career in the commercial world where research is a key focus

n  Gain

a real sense of ownership and achievement in the final product

n  You

will be well prepared for a career in research and academia

185


Part-time study Whether you aspire to further your career prospects while continuing with your current job, or wish to develop a specialist area of interest, we have plenty of options to suit your needs. Almost a third of our students study part-time. That is because we have made it easy to study with us while meeting life’s other commitments. So you can rest assured that we understand your needs and are fully equipped to support you.

to our online learning environment, extended Learning Resources Centre (LRC) and remote access to more than 80 information databases, means that you will always be able to get on with your work. To find out more, see page 192.

Study options

Student Information Desks (SiD) are available on each campus and have been built specifically to answer all your questions, ranging from course, staff, finance and counselling. What’s more, outside campus hours, you can access SiD online 24/7.

We offer high-quality courses with a range of part-time study options. Designed with employer requirements in mind, our courses provide opportunities for integrated personal, academic and career development. It is for this reason that the mode of delivery, course structure and length may vary depending on the particular course you wish to study. To find out what is available to you, simply visit the dedicated part-time section on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Supporting our students Part-time students benefit from the same support and advice as those in full-time study. Round-the-clock access

Our support does not end there. Each student is allocated a personal tutor from day one to advise them on how to develop the skills they need for their course. We pull out all the stops to help you make a success of your time at university. Find out more on page 193.

How to apply Applications for part-time study can be made directly to the University of Bedfordshire. To find out more and to download an application form, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

For information on financial support for part-time students, visit: www.direct.gov.uk

MA Public Relations

www.beds.ac.uk

We are an inclusive university and consider a wide range of pre-requisites for entry. As well as UCAS tariffs, we also take into consideration any previous learning or relevant work experience you may have done, where appropriate assigning higher education credit through the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) or the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) – as well as other elements of your application such as work experience. See pages 190 for further details.

Financial help

Aadam Baksh

186

Entry requirements

Part-time basis suits me perfectly. I currently run a business and it is literally impossible for me to study full-time. The way the university has designed the course is excellent! It’s going really well and definitely doable.


Part-time study // Return to learning

46% of our students are aged over 25 years

Return to learning We have students of all ages within our vibrant and diverse community and believe that there should be no barriers to getting a degree. So whether you are interested in career progression, personal development or a career change, we will provide you with an exceptional support network. Those who choose to return to education are excellent learners for a number of reasons, they: n  Are

passionate about what they want to achieve

n  Demonstrate

invaluable enthusiasm and an eagerness to learn

n  Bring

a wealth of skills and experience from their work and personal life

Help every step of the way Many students who choose to study a postgraduate degree are already in career positions so making the decision to undertake postgraduate study can be a key career choice. We fully understand that many students will have other demands on their time, including perhaps family and other commitments, and that’s why we offer an excellent student support system, to ensure that the experience with us is rewarding and beneficial from day one.

Our services include: n  Employer-led

events and workshops to enhance and develop new and existing employability skills

n  One-to-one

tutorials with your personal tutor for advice relating to your studies

n  Access

to professionally qualified careers advisers to discuss your individual career needs

n  Help

with finding childcare and other support services

We value the passion and commitment you can bring to our University. To find out more, visit www.beds. ac.uk/studentlife/mature or visit us at one of our Postgraduate, Part-time and professional Open Event (see page 3).

Robert Chapman PgCert Management

The support is very good, all the lecturers are very approachable and you have the chance to contact them if you are stuck on a subject. My advice would be to “do it� as you will enjoy every second of the course and learn masses of information. 187


Fees and funding Being aware of the costs of further study is important. However, it’s also important to know that there is a wide variety of funding available to help you during your studies. The financial support and advice that we are able to provide go hand-in-hand to ensure you get the most out of your student experience with us. When thinking of returning to learning you should remember that there are two main costs associated with postgraduate study at the University of Bedfordshire: n  Your

course tuition fees

n  Your

living costs

The combined fees and living expenses represent a large investment. However, here at Bedfordshire we offer a range of financial support to help you during your time with us and ease any financial burdens, enabling you to focus on your studies.

Fees for 2013 Tuition fees can vary quite considerably between institutions. The fees are also dependent on the type of course you are studying. To find out what the University of Bedfordshire will be charging for the academic year 2013-14 please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money

University funding At the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a wide variety of financial support in the form of Bursaries, Scholarships and Studentships. For the latest information, eligibility criteria and for details on how to apply please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pgfunding

UK/EU Scholarship From September 2012, the University is offering a scholarship of up to £4,500 to UK and EU students on selected postgraduate courses*, providing you pay up front, or at registration – that’s a 50% discount on your tuition fees. This scholarship is for all full-time UK/EU Master’s students who are self-funding their Master’s course*, where full cost fees or pro rata, are being charged. To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/ pgmoney *This scholarship is not available to those studying an MBA or PGCE course.

International Early Fee Payment Scholarships International students can benefit from a number of Early Fee Payment Scholarships if their tuition fees are paid in full either prior to, or during, registration. The scholarships are awarded automatically in the form of a tuition fee discount. These scholarships are not available to students coming from official collaborative partners of the University, as special financial arrangements will already be in place. To find out more about these scholarships please visit: www.beds. ac.uk/internationalscholarship

At a glance... n

P  ostgraduate study is not as expensive as you may think

n

 wide variety of funding is A available from the University and external sources to help support your studies

International Alumni Loyalty Scholarship A £500 alumni discount for University of Bedfordshire overseas fee paying students who progress from an undergraduate course to a postgraduate course is offered. To find out more please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/ internationalscholarship

Non-University funding Postgraduate study is a major investment and sound financial planning needs to be arranged in advance. As well as the University’s Scholarships and Studentships, there is also a wide variety of non-University funding options available to support you during your studies. However, it is important to remember that non-University funding is not automatically awarded for some postgraduate study in the UK. Below is a list of sources of funding which could be applicable to you.

Part-time employment Some of our students decide to top-up their income by working part-time during their studies. Please note that certain restrictions on employment apply for international students. See: www.ukcisa.org.uk or visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/ international for further information and advice.

Please note: All figures are based on 2012 entry. For the most up-to-date information for 2013 entry, and eligibility criteria, please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money

188

www.beds.ac.uk


Commonwealth scholarships

Funding for trainee teachers

Your employer may have a budget for staff development and may consider paying all, or part, of the course fees.

For more details of the scholarships available, visit the Associated of Commonwealth Universities website: www.acu.ac.uk

Unlike most other postgraduates, students who are studying a postgraduate course in Initial Teacher Training (such as a PGCE) can qualify for the finance package, comprising the Tuition Fee Loan, the Living Cost Loan, and the non-repayable Living Cost Grant, which are usually only available to undergraduate students. You may also be able to get a Training Bursary which is for students who train in certain ‘priority’ subjects.

Employer sponsorship could also extend to a contribution to the cost of books and materials, day release to attend classes or the provision of study time.

Career Development Loans A popular way of obtaining funding among UK students is to take out a Career Development Loan (CDL). A CDL is designed to cover course fees and other costs such as books, childcare and living expenses if you are studying full-time. Visit: www.direct.gov.uk/ adultlearning to find out more.

Local Education Authority (LEA) Grants While there are no mandatory awards for postgraduate courses your Local Authority may make limited discretionary awards for postgraduate study, so it is always worth making an enquiry.

Educational trusts and charities There are a number of trusts that may be able to provide funding for postgraduate study, including the British Academy (for Social Sciences courses), The Royal Academy of Engineering (for Engineering courses), and the Royal Society (for Science courses). For the most up-to-date information please visit: www.direct.gov.uk

European Social Fund (ESF) EU citizens aged between 21 and 24 who are unemployed at the start of their course may be eligible for assistance with fees from the European Social Fund.

United Kingdom Council for International Student Affairs (UKCISA) Visit: www.ukcisa.org.uk for information about Government and state scholarships in your own country.

British Chevening Scholarship scheme Chevening is the UK Government’s premier scholarship scheme, aimed at future leaders, opinion formers and decision makers. These scholarships are offered in more than 150 countries and are funded by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office. The scheme covers travel costs to and from the UK, fees, a monthly living allowance and study materials. Visit: www. educationuk.org/scholarships

Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan (CSFP) The CSFP is one of the largest and most prestigious scholarship schemes for international students. Visit: www. csfp-online.org to find out more and for details on how to apply.

Royal Society Fellowships The Royal Society offers incoming fellowships for researchers from North America and Asia. The aim is to attract outstanding postdoctoral scientists to undertake high-quality research at a UK laboratory.

Fees and funding

Employer sponsorship

To find out more information please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/money or www. direct.gov.uk. For information on the training bursary please visit: www.education.gov.uk

How to find out more There are many other external organisations that offer funding, and you can use the following search engines to carry out a comprehensive search: www.scholarship-search.org.uk www.prospects.ac.uk www.studentcashpoint.co.uk www.postgraduatestudentships.co.uk We know how complicated student finance can be. So, if you are unsure about applying for any of the funding, don’t panic. You can always come along to one of our open days and speak to our specialist staff. See page 3 for details on our open events.

The British Council Visit: www.britishcouncil.org/ learning-funding-your-studies for more details.

189


How to apply At the University of Bedfordshire we want to ensure that your application process is as simple and efficient as possible.

n

S  imple and efficient application process

n

D  irect access to academics for pre-application advice

n

D  edicated teams to support home/EU and international applicants

Postgraduate taught courses

EU and International applicants

Once you have chosen the course you want to apply for, whether full or parttime, all you have to do is download an application form from our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pg, fill in all the sections in full and return it – together with any supporting documents or information as detailed on the form – to the relevant Postgraduate Admissions team as below:

International Office University of Bedfordshire Park Square Luton LU1 3JU United Kingdom t: +44 (0)1582 489326 f: +44 (0)1582 743469 e: international-admissions@beds.ac.uk e: admissioneupg@beds.ac.uk

UK applicants

be advised on the application process relevant to your subject area. Once your application has been received, it will be considered by the relevant research institute.

Education and Teaching applicants

Short and professional courses

Applications for Postgraduate Certificate of Education (PGCE) courses are made online through the Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR). Apply online at: www.gttr.ac.uk or for further information contact GTTR on:

Application deadlines

Admissions University of Bedfordshire Park Square Luton LU1 3JU United Kingdom t: +44 (0)1582 743500 f: +44 (0)1582 489323 e: admission@beds.ac.uk

International student information (From courses section)

For International Nursing students International students are unable to take this course due to the nature of funding received by the University for these degree courses.

For international students The conditions of leave to remain in the UK on a Tier 4 Student visa prevents holders of that visa from registering for this course. For more information please contact the International Office.

190

At a glance...

www.beds.ac.uk

t: 0871 468 0469 (UK) t: +44 (0)871 468 0469 (EU/International) Applications for the Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) course are made directly to the University and a strict application deadline applies. For more information on teaching courses run at the University’s Bedford campus, contact Admissions on: t: +44 (0)1234 793279 f: +44 (0)1234 793277 e: admission@beds.ac.uk The Admissions team will assess your application and respond to you as quickly as possible. You will be sent a letter detailing its decision.

Research degrees If your application is for a postgraduate research course, please email: research@beds.ac.uk and you will

To apply for a short or for a professional course contact the relevant delivery team as detailed on page 183. If your application is for a postgraduate teacher training course, please refer to the: www.gttr.ac.uk for application deadlines for 2013 entry. For all other courses there is no specific deadline, but courses do fill early so to avoid disappointment we would encourage you to apply at your earliest opportunity. Applications can be submitted prior to receiving your final grades. Our short and professional courses have various start dates – please contact the relevant team directly for deadlines information (see page 183). Want to find out more about applying to Bedfordshire? Why not come along to our Open Events and speak to our Admissions advisers face-to-face and receive first-hand advice – register your interest at: www.beds.ac.uk/ pgopenevents


Make new friends

Bedford accommodation

Accommodation

How to apply // Accommodation

Fitzroy Court, Luton campus

As a postgraduate student, there are many housing options available at the Luton and Bedford campuses where you can make yourself right at home – and the University can provide help and guidance on finding the perfect place. We appreciate that many postgraduate students may prefer to live with other postgraduates in quieter halls, which is why at the Luton campus we boast dedicated accommodation for you.

Luton campus The University has two Halls of Residence, in the standard Accommodation Halls, allocated specifically to postgraduates and students over 25 who are based at Luton – James Court and Wellington Court. These student Halls are situated in quiet residential areas, a ten-minute walk to the Luton campus. You may also wish to stay in studio flats in our brand-new accommodation – Fitzroy and Wenlock Court. These flats include a bed, desk, wardrobe, en-suite and kitchenette. Postgraduate students who apply for a multi-bed flat in Fitzroy or Wenlock Court will be grouped together where possible. However, postgraduate students can also apply to live in any of our other accommodation blocks.

Bedford campus Some postgraduate students at Bedford may have the option of living in the £20m purpose-built Liberty Park Halls of Residence or in one of our University halls, all of which are located on campus. At the Bedford campus we have a limited number of student halls, which

means that we may not be able to allocate you a room in University accommodation. The Accommodation team will assist postgraduates in finding alternative accommodation through the University’s private housing database and through Facebook with other students. For more information, please email us at: studentservices.bedford@ beds.ac.uk

Added benefits n  Safety

first – we take security very seriously, so we are all geared up with 24 hour security at both campuses including secure entry and CCTV, plus security guards and Resident Assistants at Luton

n  All-inclusive

value – rent for student halls in Luton and Bedford include the cost of all utility bills and contents insurance

Secure accommodation for nursing students Bedfordshire’s healthcare students have access to safe and secure accommodation at the University’s various hospital sites. Please note: we will send you an application form when you apply. Rent levels vary depending on your chosen hospital.

Away from halls Luton and Bedford boast a variety of approved private rented accommodation

At a glance... n

M  ake new friends whilst living in our comfortable Halls

n

S  afe, secure accommodation at all sites

n

International students have the option to stay with a local family through our homestay provision

at a significantly lower cost than London. International students could also choose to live with friendly local families through the homestay provision. For more information, please email us at: info@ studentvillagebeds.com and we can supply you with an information pack. For information on the individual halls and room contents, and to see what is available to you, visit: www.beds. ac.uk/accommodation or email: accommodation@beds.ac.uk

Luton campus t: +44 (0)1582 405 000 e: info@studentvillagebeds.com

Bedford campus t: +44 (0)1234 793 118 e: studentservices.bedford@ beds.ac.uk

191


Learning resources

Only the best will do when studying at such a high level and that is why we have invested in excellent resources and facilities, as well as extensive information technology, to support you.

At a glance... n

Excellent learning resources at all campus locations

n

Supportive staff to help you make the most of your learning opportunities

n

Comprehensive study skills workshops throughout the year

n

24/7 access to digital resources

Customer service Our staff are here to help. Learning Resources prides itself on the standard of its customer service. Staff can help with information needs, the use of equipment and basic assistance with standard software. Customer Service Desks are staffed throughout LRC/ Library opening hours.

Academic liaison librarians The Academic Liaison Librarians (ALLs) is an expert team, and can support your learning by providing help and advice on: n  What

kind of information you need for your essay, presentation, project or dissertation

n  The

best resources you should use to find that information

n  Using

search techniques to find high quality academic information quickly

n  Referencing

plagiarism

and how to avoid

You’ll see them as part of your course but you can find out who your ALLs are here: http://lrweb.beds.ac.uk/help/ALLs

Computer skills training

Computers

Learning Resources offer computer skills training to all students studying at any campus within the University. Training is available throughout the academic year at both the Luton campus and Bedford campus. There are also a number of workshops that are suitable for beginners and for people who wish to enhance existing skills.

Our 700+ PCs will give you access to a wide range of applications including Microsoft Office, email, the Internet and your own University network space. We also have: Smartboards, printers, scanners and WiFi which you can use.

Professional Academic Development (PAD) The PAD Team help students to enhance their academic skills. Areas where we can help you include: n  Assignment

planning/argument construction/proofreading strategies

n  Time

management, organisation and ability to prioritise

n  Academic

reading techniques

n  Note-taking n  Exam

technique and revision strategies

n  Mathematics

or statistics

n  Dissertation/thesis

writing

Resources During your time at the University of Bedfordshire you will have access to: n  4,000+

ebooks

n  280,000+ n  30,000+ n  1,200+ n  80+

books

ejournals

print journals

databases

n  University

past examination papers since 1999

n  E-dissertations

repository

via the University

Campus details There are LRC/Library facilities at each campus and you may use any of them. You are advised to check our website: lrweb.beds.ac.uk for the current opening hours.

Library catalogue The library catalogue is your gateway to all of our print and electronic resources. Visit: library.beds.ac.uk To get started there is a ‘Just a minute’ video to watch: lrweb.beds.ac.uk/ libraryservices/whoweare/videos/1 The catalogue is also the home of the Digital Library. Find out more by visiting: library.beds.ac.uk/search/D and lrweb.beds.ac.uk/help/digital

Specialist software and equipment To help you get the most out of your time with us, we offer specialist software. From induction loops, height adjustable tables and flat-screen monitors, to ergonomic keyboards, Big Keys LX (keyboards for visually impaired users) and Keyboard Pro software for developing typing skills. The following software is also available: n  Kurtweil n  Mind

n  Zoom n  Read

1000

Genius text

and Write Gold

n  Optolec Text

192

www.beds.ac.uk

Magnifier


We know that studying at university often requires you to balance other work and personal commitments, and so our friendly and flexible environment ensures that you will receive all the support you need during your time with us.

At a glance... n

Full support to develop skills and ensure academic success

n

Practical help with all health, spiritual and financial matters

n

SiD is available 24/7 online

Student services Our Student Information Desk (SiD) is located in our brand new Luton Campus Centre, as well as at our other campuses, so you can access our services wherever you are based. SiD delivers a range of services, all in one place. It is also available 24/7 online, to make accessing services as easy as possible, enabling you to focus on your studies. SiD is the first port of call if you are experiencing any difficulties during your time with us and can also offer advice on all of the belo